Polycom 1500/1800/2000/4000 инструкция обслуживания

V ersion 8.5 | January 2015 | 3725-74300-000B Administrator Guide RealPresence ® Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/1800/2000/4000[...]

2 Copyright © 2015, Polycom, Inc. All ri ghts reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced, translated into another language or fo rmat, or transmitted in any form or by any me ans, electronic or mechanical, for any purpose, without the express written permission of Polycom, Inc. 6001 America Center Drive San Jose, CA 95002 USA Polycom®, [...]

Polycom, Inc. i Content s Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 About RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) Administrator Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Who Should Read This Guide? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. ii Conferencing Capabilities in the Various Conferencing Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Default Profile Settings in CP Conferencing Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Default Profile Settings in SVC Only Conferencing Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 D[...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. iii Defining SVC and Mixed CP and SVC Conference Profil es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Defining SVC Conf erence Pro files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Defining Mixed CP and SVC Conferencing Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. iv Supported Cont ent Control Proto cols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Content Sharing Using H.239 Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Content Sharing Using BFCP Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. v Resolutions and Content Rate Reference Tabl es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 H.263 Content Rate Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 H.264 Resolution per Content Rat e Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. vi Content Display on Legacy Endpoints in Telep res ence Conferences . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Enabling Telepresence Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Monitoring Tele presence Mo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. vii Audio Participants Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Layout Indications Icon Display Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Lecture Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. viii Dialing Directly to a Conferen ce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Dialing to an Entry Queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Automatic Identification of the Casc ading Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. ix Setting a Transit Entry Queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 IVR Provider Entry Queue (Shared Number Dialing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Call Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. x Filtering Address Book Data Using a Custom Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Clearing the Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 Obtaining the Display Name from the Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. xi To define an Entry Queue IVR Service with Oper ator Assistance Options . . . . . . . 339 To define a Confer ence Profile fo r an Operator Conf erence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 Starting an Ongoing Operator Conference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 Saving an Operator C[...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. xii Conference and Participant Level Op erations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 Conference Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 Copy Confer ence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. xiii Participant Connection Monitor ing (AVC and SVC-based Conn ections) . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 Viewing the Properties of Participant s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 Monitoring IP Participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. xiv Guidelines for defining a machine a ccount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472 Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 72 Active Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. xv Defining ISDN/PSTN Network Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522 ISDN/PSTN Network Services Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522 Adding/Modifying ISDN/PSTN Network Servic es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. xvi Deployment Architectures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562 Remote Connection Using the I nternet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562 Business to Business Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. xvii IVR Services in TIP-Enabled Conferen ces Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616 Entry Queue and Virtual Entry Q ueue Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616 Configuring th e Conferen ce and Entry Q ueue IVR Se rv ices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616 Call De[...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. xviii Monitoring Ongoing Gateway Sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641 Connection Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 1 Gateway Session Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. xix RMX Web Client Screen Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679 Viewing and System Functionality Permis sions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679 Conferences List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. xx Resource Reports for Collaboration Server 1800 and 2000/4000 with MPMRx . . . . 706 Resource Capacities in AVC CP, SVC and Mixed Mod e Conferences in M PMx Card Configuration Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708 Resource Capacities in AVC CP, SVC and Mixed[...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. xxi Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 736 Non-Modifiable Banner Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 736 Sample 1 Bann er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. xxii Manually Adding Flags to the CS_MODULE_ PARA METERS Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803 Deleting a Flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805 Auto Layout Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. xxiii Managing the User Login Proces s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 840 Implementing Strong Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 840 Password Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. xxiv Dial-out calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 59 Precedence Level Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 859 Configuring and Modifyin g Precedence Domain s and DSCP Values . . . . . . .[...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. xxv Appendix A - Disconnection Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 891 IP Disconnection Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 891 ISDN Disconnection Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. xxvi Restoring Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 968 Appendix G - Configuring Dir ect Connections to the Coll aboration Server . . 969 Management Network (Primary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. xxvii Handle Low Bit Rate Calls From the AVMCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 999 Remove Empty Cells From the Video Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 999 Initiate and Connect to a Confer ence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. xxviii Configuring the Collaboration Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1023 Configuring DMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1023 Configuring Endpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

Contents Polycom, Inc. xxix Known Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 57 Appendix J - Restore Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1059 Perform a Standard Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

Polycom®, Inc. 1 Overview About RealPresence Collab oration Server (RMX) Administrator Guide RealPresence C ollaboration Server (RMX) Administrator Guide provides instructions for configuring, deploying, and administerin g Polycom Multipoint Cont ro l Units (MCUs) for video conferencin g. This guide will help you understand the Polycom video confe[...]

Overview Polycom®, Inc. 2 Who Should Read This Guide? System administrators and network eng ineers should read this guide to lear n how to properly set up Polycom Collabora tion Server systems. T his guide describes ad ministration- level tasks. For a det ailed description of first time insta llation and conf iguration, descript ion of the Collabo[...]

Overview Polycom®, Inc. 3 About the RealPresence Collaboration Server System The RealPresence Collabora tion Server system is a high performance, scalable, IP-network (H.323 and SIP) ISDN/PSTN MCU that provides feature-rich and ea sy-to-use multipoint voic e and video conferencing. The Collaboration Ser ver 1500/2000/40 00 meet s International T e[...]

Overview Polycom®, Inc. 4 Multipoint Video Conferencing using a Rea lPresen ce Collabor ation Server (RMX) 1500 /1800/2000/4000 The RealPresence Collaborat ion Server system can be controlled via the LAN by the C ollaboration Server Web Client application using Internet Explorer inst alled on the user ’s workstation or the RMX Manager applicatio[...]

Overview Polycom®, Inc. 5 In Collaboration Server 1800/4000 system manag em ent and IP conferencing are per formed on sep arate LAN ports. In Collaboration Server 1 500/2000/4000 the n e tworks can be separated in Maximum Security Environment s. ISDN Networks RealPresence Collabor ation Server (RMX) 1500, and Collabo ration server 1800- 3 with bui[...]

Overview Polycom®, Inc. 6 Differences Between MPMx and MPMRx Media Cards The following table lists the Collabo ration Serv er features depe ndent on the MPMx/MPMRx media cards. Features Supported with MPMRx Cards RealPresence Collaboration Server 1800 follo ws rules similar to Collaboration Se rvers with MPMRx media cards, unl ess otherwise indica[...]

Overview Polycom®, Inc. 7 The following table lists the Co llaboration Server features that are only supp orted with MPMRx cards (RealPresenc e Collabora tion Servers 2000 and 40 00 only). General RealPresence Collaborati on Server Supported Features Audio-Video ratio adaptation slider Supported. Not supported. CP conferencing maximum line rate CP[...]

Overview Polycom®, Inc. 8 Recording indication A Recording Indication can be displayed to all conference participant s informing them that the conference is being recorded. Note: Only in non-TIP conferences. Network Quality Indication A Network Quality Indicator is displayed for each participant in the CP layout indicating the quality of the parti[...]

Overview Polycom®, Inc. 9 The RMX Web Clie nt and RMX Manager applications can be inst alled in an environment that meets the following requirement s: ● Minimum Hardware – Intel® Pen tium® III, 1 GHz or higher , 1024 MB RAM, 500 MB free disk sp ace. ● Work statio n Operating System – Microsof t® Windows® XP , Windows® 7, and Windo ws?[...]

Overview Polycom®, Inc. 10 ● If you have problems getting the Collaboration Server Web Client to work with Windows 8, it is recommended to run Intern et Explorer as an admini strator by holding the shif t key and right-clicking on the IE icon, and th en select Run as Administrator . For Windows 7™ Security Se ttings and Internet Explorer 8 con[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 11 Conferencing Modes Overview The MCU system of fers the following types of confer ence s (Conferencing Modes), b ased on the video protocol an d the vid eo display du ring the co nference: ● A VC-based Conferencing - CP On ly (V ideo T ranscoding) ● A VC-based Conferencing - V ideo Switching ● SVC-based Conferencing (Media R[...]

Conferencing Modes Overview Polycom®, Inc. 12 streams into one video stream that includes the input from the other end points arranges in the selected video layout. Participants do not see them selves in the video lay out. By Default, the speaker is shown in the top left layout cell in symmetric layouts, in the larger cell in asymmetr ic layouts, [...]

Conferencing Modes Overview Polycom®, Inc. 13 By default every conference, Entr y Queue and Meeting Room has the ability to declare the maximum CP resolution as defined for the system. This includes conferen ces launched by the Collaborati on Serv er Web Client and conferences started via the API. CP conferencing is defined in the Confere nce prof[...]

Conferencing Modes Overview Polycom®, Inc. 14 A VC Video Switchin g (VSW) video stream s and Full Scree n Layout Video Switching (VSW) Conferencing Guidelines Y ou can run VSW conferences according to the followin g the guidelines: ● Vide o Switching conferences can be se t to one of the following resolutions, depend ing on the capabilities of t[...]

Conferencing Modes Overview Polycom®, Inc. 15 ● Vide o Switching uses fewer system resources th an CP: only one CIF video re source per particip ant for any resolution (including HD). The t able belo w lists the resource s available to VSW con ferences by line rate and card t ype. The following t able lists the re commended numbe r of connection[...]

Conferencing Modes Overview Polycom®, Inc. 16 ● The HD_THRESHOLD_BITRA TE flag must be set in the System Configuration. The value of this flag is the system minimum threshold bit ra te for HD reso lutions. The line rate sele cted in the conference Profile must be the same as or higher t han that spe cified by the HD_THRESHOLD_BIT RA T E flag. Th[...]

Conferencing Modes Overview Polycom®, Inc. 17  High Definition (HD) – HD is an ul tra-high quality video re solution that uses the H.264 and H.26 4 High Profile video algorithms. Depending on the RealPresnce Collaboration Server’ s type, compliant end points are able to connect to confer ences at the following reso lutions:  720p - 1280 [...]

Conferencing Modes Overview Polycom®, Inc. 18 ● TIP Support (CP Conferences only) - TIP is a propriet ary protocol created by Cisco for d eployment in Cisco T elePresence systems (CTS). Polycom’s so lution is to allow the Collaboration Server to natively inter-operate wit h Cisco T elePresence Systems, ensu ring optimum qua lity multi-screen, [...]

Conferencing Modes Overview Polycom®, Inc. 19 in the configured la yout, the end point request s the video stream in the required reso lution from the RealPresence Collaboration Ser ver . The higher th e display quality and size, the higher the requested resolution will be sent to the endpoint. The en dpoint creates the di splayed layout from the [...]

Conferencing Modes Overview Polycom®, Inc. 20 ● On RealPresence Collaboration Se rver (RMX) 2000/400 0, all the end points particip ating in a single SVC Only conference must be connected to the same m edia card and cannot be ha ndled by dif ferent media cards as the SVC media streams cannot be shared between them. ● End-to-end la tency on a l[...]

Conferencing Modes Overview Polycom®, Inc. 21  Manual selection of video layo ut  Chairperson functiona lity  Media Encr yption  Recording of SVC Only conference s  T ext messaging using Message Overlay MCU Supported Resolutions for SVC Conferencing The MCU automatically selects the re solution and frame rate acco rding to the confe[...]

Conferencing Modes Overview Polycom®, Inc. 22 Mixed CP and SVC Conferencing In a mixed CP (A VC) and SVC conference, A VC-ba sed endpoint s and SVC-enabled en dpoint s can be supported in the same conference . In a mixed CP (A VC) and SVC conference, SVC en dpoint s transmit multiple resolutions and temporal la yers to the RealPresence Collaborati[...]

Conferencing Modes Overview Polycom®, Inc. 23 MCU Resource Cap acities for Mixed CP and SVC Conferences In a mixed CP and SVC conference, vide o resources are allocated according to the MCU type an d the translation po ols (A VC to SVC and SVC to A VC) used to convert video streams. T ranslation pools are dynamically allocated, when the conference[...]

Conferencing Modes Overview Polycom®, Inc. 24 The following diagram illustra tes the amount of A V C to SVC port resources that are used in an actual mixed CP and SVC conference:[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 25 Using Conference Profiles Conference Profiles include con ference para meters such as Conferencing Mode, conferen ce line rate, video and content sharing re solutions and settings, vide o layout, encryption, Lost Packet Re covery (LPR), etc. Profiles eliminate the need to defin e these para meters for each new conference created [...]

Using Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 26 Conferencing Cap abilities in the V arious Conferencing Modes The following table summarizes the conferencing capabilities and options available in the different Conferencin g Modes. Conferencing Cap abilities in the Different Co nferencing Mo des Feature CP Only Mixed CP & SVC SVC Only VSW Conferen [...]

Using Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 27 Default Profile Settings in CP Conferencing Mode The Collaboration Server is shipp ed with a default Co nference Profile for CP confer ences which allows users to imm ediately start s tandard ongoing CP conferenc es. These are also the default se ttings when creating a new Profile. The default settings a[...]

Using Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 28 * Vide o Clarity , Auto Brightness, and T elepresence Mode are not sup port by Collaboration Server (RMX) 1800-0. Display Language English Video Quality Sharpness Maximum Resolution Auto Video Clarity * Enabled Auto Brightness * Enabled Content Settings HiResGraphics (High Res Graphics) Content Protocol [...]

Using Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 29 This Profile is automatically assigne d to th e following conferencing entities: Default Profile Settings in SVC Only Conferencin g Mode The Collaboration Server is shipp ed with a default Conference Profile for SVC Only co nferences which allows users to immedia tely start standard ongoing SVC Only conf[...]

Using Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 30 * Vide o Clarity , Auto Brightness, and T elepresence Mode are not sup port by Collaboration Server (RMX) 1800-0. Default Profile Settings in a Mi xed CP and SVC Conferencing Mode The Collaboratio n Server is shipped with a default Conference Pr ofile (CP and SVC) for mixed CP and SVC conferences which e[...]

Using Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 31 The default settings are as fo llows : Default Mixed CP and SVC Conference Profile Setting s Setting Va l u e Profile Name Factory_Mix_SVC_CP_Video_Profile Line Rate 1920Kbps Video Switching Disabled Operator Conference Disabled Encryption Enabled Packet Loss Compensation (LPR and DBA) Enabled for A VC p[...]

Using Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 32 * Vide o Clarity , Auto Brightness, and T elepresence Mode are not sup port by Collaboration Server (RMX) 1800-0. This Profile is automatically assigne d to th e following conferencing entities: V iewing the List of Conference Profiles Existing Conference Profiles are listed in the Conferen ce Profiles l[...]

Using Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 33 T o list Conference Profiles: 1 In the RMX Management pan e, expand the Rarely Used list. 2 In the RMX Management pane, click the Conferenc e Profiles button. The Conference Profiles are displa yed in the Conference Pro files list p ane. The number of the curr ently defined confe rence profiles appears i[...]

Using Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 34 Profiles T oolbar The Profile toolbar provides quick access to the Profile functions: Modifying an Existing Profile Y ou can modify any of the Profile’ s parameter s but you cannot rename the Profile. T o modify the Profile properties: 1 In the Conference Profiles List , double-click the Profile icon, [...]

Using Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 35 Deleting a Conference Profile Y ou can delete profiles from the Profiles list. T o delete a Conference Profile: 1 List the profiles that are currently de fined in the system. For deta ils, see Vi ewing the List of Conference Pr ofiles . 2 In the Conference Profiles list, select the Conference Profile you[...]

Using Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 36 5 Select the appropriate Confere ncing Mode : CP , VSW , SVC Only or CP and SVC. The New Profile t abs and options change according to the selected Confere ncing Mode and only supported options are available for selection. 6 Define the profile para meters as described in:  Defining A VC CP Conferencin[...]

Using Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 37 The Conference Profile - Export dialog box is displayed. 3 In the Export Path field, click Browse to navigat e to the location of the desired p ath where you want to save the exported file. 4 In the Profiles file name field, type the file name p refix. The file name suf fix ( _confProfiles.xml ) is prede[...]

Using Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 38 The Conference Profile - Export dialog box is displayed. 4 In the Export Path field, click Browse to navigat e to the location of the desired p ath where you want to save the exported file. 5 In the Profiles file name field, type the file name prefix. The file na me suff ix ( _confProfiles.xml ) is prede[...]

Using Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 39 The Conference Profile - Import dialog box is displayed. 3 In the Import Path field, click Browse to navigate to the path and file name of the exporte d Conference Profiles you want to impor t. 4 Click OK to import the Conference Profiles. When Conference Profiles ca nnot be imported, a Mess age Alert wi[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 40 Defining A VC-Based Conference Profiles A VC-based Conference Profile options differ according to the selected Conferencing Mode CP and VSW . T o facilitate the definition process of a new Profile, t he system displays default va lues for each parameter so you need only to modify the required settings. Defining A VC CP Conferenci[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 41 2 In the Conference Profiles p a ne, click the New Profile button. The New Profile – General dialog box opens. 3 Define the Profile name and, if require d, the Profile - General para meters: New A VC CP Profile - General Parameters Field/Option D escription Display Name Enter a un ique P[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 42 Line Rate Select the conference bit rate. T he line rate represents th e combined vid eo, audio and Content ra te . The default setting is 3 84 Kbps. Notes: • This field is displayed in all tabs. • The maximum line rate at which ISDN endpoints can connect to a conference is 768 kbps. D[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 43 Routing Name Enter the Profile name using ASCII characters set. The Routing Name can be defined by the user or automatica lly generated by th e system if no Routing Name is entered as follows: • If an all ASCII text is entered in Display Name, it is used also as the Routing Name. • If [...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 44 4 Click the Advanced ta b. The New Profile – Advanced dialo g box opens. 5 Define the following parameters: New A VC CP Profile - Advanced Parameters Field/Option Des cription Encryption Select the Encryption option for the conference: •E n c r y p t A l l - Encryption is enabled for t[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 45 LPR When selected (default for CP confer ences), Lost Packet Recovery creates additional packets that contain recovery information used to reconstruct packets that are lost during transmission. The LPR check box is automatically cl eared if Video Switching is selected as the Conferencing M[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 46 TIP Compatibility Select the TIP Compatibility mode when implementing a Collaboration Server and Cisco T elep resence S ystems (CTS) Integration so lution. The TIP Compatibility mode affects the user video and content experien ce. The following TIP Compatibility modes are avai lable: • N[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 47 6 For CP Conferences only: Click the Gathering Settings tab. 7 Optional. Define the following fields if the conferenc e is n ot launched by the Polycom Conferencing Add-in for M icrosoft Outlook:[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 48 • If the conference is launched by the Polycom Conf erencing Add-in for Micros oft Outlook the field information is received from the meeting invitation and existing field value are overridde n. For more information see Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook® . • The Gathering opt[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 49 For more informa tion see Auto Scan and Customized Polling in V ideo Layout . Info 1 Optionally , enter any additional info rmation to be displayed during the Gathering Phase. These fields are not limited in the Collaboration Server Web Client but only 96 characters can be displ ayed in th[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 50 8 Click the Video Quality tab. The New Profile – Vi deo Quality dialog box opens. 9 Define the following parameters: New A VC CP Profile - Video Quality P arameters Field/Option D escription People V ideo Definition Video Quality Sharpness is the only supported content format that suppor[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 51 Maximum Resolution This setting overrides the Maximum Re solution setting o f the Resolution Configuration dia log box. The administrator can select one of the following Maximum Resolution optio ns: • Auto (default) - The Maximum Resolution re mains as selected in the Resolution Configur[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 52 Content Video Definiti on Content Settings Select the transmission mode for the Content channel: •G r a p h i c s — Basic mode, intended for normal graphics • Hi-res Graphic s — Higher bit rate intended for hi gh resolution graphic display • Live Video — Content channel display[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 53 Content Protocol Select the Cont ent Protocol to be u sed for content sharing in Highest Common Content Sharing Mode. •H . 2 6 3 Content is shared usin g the H.263 protocol . Use this option when most of the en dpoints support H.263 and some endpoints support H.264. • H.263 & H.264[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 54 Send Content to Legacy Endpoints (CP / mixed CP and SVC) When enabled (default) Content can b e s ent to H.323/SIP/ISDN endpoints that do not support H.239 Content (legacy endpoints) over the video (people) channel. For more information see Sending Co ntent to Legacy Endpoints . Notes: •[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 55 10 Click the Video Sett ings tab. The New Profile - V ideo Settings dialog box opens. In A V C-based CP an d Mixed CP a nd SVC conferen ces, while the conference is running, you can change the video layout and select on e of the video layout s supported by the MCU. Vide o Layout selection [...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 56 Same Layout (CP only) Select this option to force the selected layout on all participants in a conference. Displays the same video stream to all pa rticipants and personal selection of the video layout is di sabled. In addition, if participants are forced to a video layout window , they ca[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 57 Auto Layout (CP only) When selected ( default), the system automatically selects the conference layout based on the number of participants curr ently connected to t he conference. When a new video participant connects or disconnects, the conference layout automatically changes to reflect t[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 58 In layout 2+8, the two cen tral windows display the last two speakers in t he conference: the current speaker and the “previous” speaker . T o minimize the changes in the layout, when a new speaker is identified the “previous” speaker is repla ced by the new speaker while the curr [...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 59 12 Optional. T o s elect the Video Layo ut for the co nference, deselect the Auto Layout , and click the required number of windows fr om the layout s bar and then select the windows array . The selected layout is displayed in the V ideo Layout pane. • The Collaboration Server supports t[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 60 13 Optional. T o video force a participant in a window , sele ct the participant’ s name from the drop-down list of confer ence participants. When a particip ant is forced to a layout window , s witching between particip ants is suspended for that window and only the ass igned participan[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 61 14 Click the Audio Settings tab. The New Profile - Au dio Settings dialog box opens. 15 Define the following parameters: New A VC CP Profile - Audio Settings Parameters Field/Option D escription Audio C larity When selected, impro ves received audio from participants connected via low audi[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 62 Mute participant except lecturer When the Mute Participant s Exce pt Lecturer option is e nabled, the audi o of all participants in the conference except fo r the lecturer can be automatically muted upon connection to the conference . This prevents other conference participants from accide[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 63 16 Click the Skins tab to modify the backgr ound and frames. The New Profile - Skins dialog box opens. 17 Select one of the Skin options. Auto mute noisy endpoints This option is automatically enabl ed in new Profiles. When en abled, the RMX can detect A VC endpoints with a noisy audio cha[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 64 18 Click the IVR ta b. The New Profile - IVR dialo g box opens. 19 If required, set the fo llowing parame ters: New A VC CP Profile - IVR Parameters Field/Option D escription Conferen ce IVR Service The default confer ence IVR Service is select ed . Y ou can select another confere nce IVR [...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 65 20 Optional . Click the Recording t ab to enable conference recording with Polycom RealPresence Capture Server or RSS 4000 system. The New Profile - Recording di alog box opens. T erminate conference after chairperson leaves Select this check box to automatical ly terminate the conference [...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 66 21 Define the following parameters: New A VC CP Profile - Recording Parameters Parameter Descriptio n Enable Recording Select this check box to ena ble the Recording of the conference. If no Recording Links are found, an erro r message is displayed. Dial Out Recording Link Select the Recor[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 67 22 Click the Site Names ta b. The New Profile - Site Names dialog box opens. Using the Site Name dialog box, you can control th e display of the site names by defining the font, size, color , background color and transpare ncy and position within the V ideo Window . For a det ailed descrip[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 68 Background Color Sele ct the color of the Site Names display text. The color and background for Site Names display te xt is dependent on whether a Plain Skin or a Picture Skin was selected for the conferen ce in the Profile - Skins tab. The choices are: Note: Choose a Background Color co m[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 69 Display Position Sele ct the pre-set position for the display of the Site (endpoint) Names. Selection Site Names Position LeftT op (Default) To p RightT op LeftMiddle RightMiddl e New A VC CP Profile - Site Names Parame ters Field Description[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 70 Display Position (cont.) Lef tBottom Bottom RightBottom Custom The current endpoint (site) names display position becomes the initial position for Site Names position adj ustments using the Horizont al and Ve r t i c a l Position sliders. Horizontal Position Move the slider to the left to [...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 71 24 Click the Message Overlay tab. The New Profile - Mes sage Overlay dialog box opens. Message Overlay enables you to send text messages to all p articipants during ongoing Continuous Presence conf erences. The text message is seen as pa rt of the in the particip ant’s video layout on th[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 72 25 Define the following fields: New A VC CP Profile - Messag e Overlay Parameters Field Descrip tion Enable This option is disabled by default. Select this check box to en able Message Overlay or clear it to disable it. Content Enter the message text. The message text can be up to 50 Chine[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 73 As the fields are modified the Preview ch ange s to show the ef fect of the changes. For example: 26 Click the Network Services tab. The New Profile - Network Ser vices dialog box opens. Registration of conferencing entities such a s o ngoing conferences, Meeting Roo ms, Entry Queues, SIP [...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 74 27 Define the following parameters: New A VC CP Profile - Network Servic es Parameters Parameter Descriptio n IP Network Services Service Name This column lists all the defined Network Services, one or several depending on th e system configuration. SIP Registration T o register the confer[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 75 28 Click the Layout Indications tab . The Layout Ind ications dialog is displayed. The Layout Indications are displaye d in the conference vid eo layout as an icon group that include s:  Recording  Audio Participant s  Network Quality[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 76 29 Modify the following paramete rs to configure the di splay , position, and duration o f the indication icons. 30 Click OK to complete the Profile definition. A new Profile is created and added to the Conference Profiles list. The Layout Indications tab is only disp layed if ei ther A VC[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 77 Additional Information for Setting CP Profiles This section includes det ailed explanat ion of various CP Profile settings: ● Gathering Phase ● Overlay La youts ● Site Names Definition ● Sending T ext Messages During a Conference Using Message Overlay ● Selecting the Chinese Font[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 78 During the Gathering Phase, the audio of all p articipant s can be heard, and the video of active speakers is displayed in the video windo ws as they begin talking. All connected par ticipant s are kept informed about the current conference status including names of connected particip ants[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 79 ● Content can be se nt during the Gathering Phase . The content is displayed in the large vid eo window of the particip ant’s layo ut while the Gather ing slide is displayed in a smaller video window in the layout. ● Gathering is not supported in Casca ding Conference s. Gathering Ph[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 80 Enabling the Gather ing Phase Display The Gathering Phase is enabled for per confer ence in the Conference Profile. The profile also includ es the dial-in numbers and the optional additional information to displa y on the slide. Conference s that are co nfigured to include a Gat hering Pha[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 81 Guidelines for using the Overlay Layouts ● The Overla y Layouts are su pported:  In CP Conferencing Mo de only .  With ITP , non-ITP and CTS endpoint s used only as standard end points.  With both new and classic Skins in Collaboration Server CP mode. ● Overlay Layout s are no[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 82 Selecting the Overlay Layout s The Overlay Layouts are selected in the New Profile - Vide o Settings dialog box, in the Overlay tab of the Vide o Layout tree .[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 83 Site Names Definition During conferences you can view the names of the end p oints that are conn ected to the conference in your endpoint video lay out windows. T he MCU can display up to 33 characters of the endpoint name, de pending on the window layout (size ). The following is an examp[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 84  Display the SIP DisplayName field. or Display the SIP Address (SIP application se rver). or Display the SIP ContactDispla y field. or Display nothing if all the fields are emp ty .  For a defined H.320 pa rticipant (C olla boration Server 1500/2000/4000):  The system displays the[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 85 Site Names Display Position The position of the Site Names displa yed during the confe rence is controlled in the Pr ofile - Site Names tab . The following options can be used to define the display position: ● Display Positio n drop-down menu - T o select a preset p osition. ● Horizont[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 86 ● Selecting Custom in Displa y Position drop-down me nu. When selecte d, the current position becomes the initial position for position adjustmen ts and th en using the Horizont al and V ertical Position sliders to define the exact position. The adjusted position of the Site Names can be[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 87 Sending T ext Messages During a Conference Using Message Overlay The Message Overlay option in the Co nference Profile allows the oper ator or admi nistrator to send text messages to a single p articipant, a number of selected p a rticipant s or all participants during an ongoing conferenc[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 88  The current messa ge is stopped immediately , even it has not completed all of it s repetitions.  The Display Repetition count is reset to 1.  The new message content is displaye d < Display Repetition > times or until it is stopped and replaced by another co ntent change. [...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 89 4 In the Content field, enter the text to be disp layed to all the conference particip ants. 5 Modify the remaining fields in the dialog box to display the message as requ ired. 6 Click OK T o cancel the Message Overlay display: 1 In the Conferences List pane , double click the na me of th[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 90 The following Chinese font s are available for selection: ● Heiti (Default) ● Songti ● Kaiti ● Wei be i The Chinese font cannot be changed du ring an existing conference. It can only be modified in the conference profile. A particip ant moved to another conference will be shown the[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 91 Defining an A VC Video Switching Conference Profile An A V C Video Switching-enable d Profile must be created p rior to runnin g Video Switching conf erences. This profile can be assigned to Meeting Rooms, co nferences, rese rvations and Entry Queues T o connect to a Video Switching confer[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 92 3 Define the New Profil e - General p arameters: New A VC VSW Profile - General Parameters Field/Option D escription Display Name Enter a un ique Profile name, as follows: • English tex t uses ASCII encodi ng and can con tain the most character s (length varies according to the field). ?[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 93 4 Define the various Profile p arameters for a V ideo Switching conference. As it is an A VC -bases conferencin g mode, m any of the fields and opti ons are identical to the CP Profile. For more informati on, see Defining A VC CP Conferencing Profiles . The following A VC-based conferencin[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 94  Auto Scan  Skins  Site Names  Message Overlay 5 Click OK . H.264 High Profile Support in Video Switching Conferences Beginning with V ersion 7.6, the H.2 64 High Profile video protocol is supporte d in Video Switching (VSW) conference s. Guidelines ● H.264 High Profile is su[...]

Defining A VC -Based Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 95 Line rate and resolution combin ations are checked for va lidity . If the selected line rate is below the minimum line rate thresh old required for the selected resolution, the line ra te is automatica lly adjusted to the minimum line rate threshold value fo r the selected resolution. The [...]

Polycom®, Inc. 96 Defining SVC and Mixed CP and SVC Conference Profiles Defining SVC Conference Profiles The SVC confer ence Profile definition is s tarted by selecting SVC as the Conferencing Mod e. The dialog boxes and their options chang e as the conference be h avior and the MCU video processing chang e. For example, site name display is perfo[...]

Defining SVC and Mixed CP and SVC Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 97 3 Select SVC Only to define the SVC Profile. The profile tab s and options change accor dingly and only suppor ted options are available for selection. Unsupported options are disabled ( grayed out). 4 Define the Profile name and, if require d, the Profile - General p arameter[...]

Defining SVC and Mixed CP and SVC Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 98 5 Click the Advanced ta b. The New Profile – Advanced d ialog box opens. Routing Name Enter the Profile name using ASCII characters set. Y ou can define the Routing Name or it can be automatica lly generated by the system if no Routing Name is entered as follows: • If an a[...]

Defining SVC and Mixed CP and SVC Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 99 6 Define the following su pported param eters: New SVC Profile - Ad vanced Parameters Field/Option D escription Encryption Select the Encryption option for the conference: •E n c r y p t A l l - Encryption is enabled for the conference and all conference participants must be[...]

Defining SVC and Mixed CP and SVC Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 100 7 Click the Video Quality tab. The New Profile – Vi deo Quality dialog box opens. 8 In SVC Conferencing Mode, the vi deo and Content shar ing para meters cannot be modified and they are set to the following parameters: New SVC Profile - Video Quality Parameters Field/Option[...]

Defining SVC and Mixed CP and SVC Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 101 Content Video Definiti on Content Settings Select the transmission mode for the Content channel: •G r a p h i c s — basic mode, intended for normal graphics • Hi-res Graphic s — a higher bit rate intended for high resolution graphic display • Live Video — Content [...]

Defining SVC and Mixed CP and SVC Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 102 9 Click the Video Sett ings tab. In SVC conferences, each end point determines its own video layou t and there is no confere nce level layout selected. Therefore, all the V ideo Settings parameters are disa bled.[...]

Defining SVC and Mixed CP and SVC Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 103 10 Click the Audio Settings tab. 11 If required , define the Speaker Change Threshold : Auto (Default, 3 seconds), 1.5 , 3 , or 5 . It indicates th e amount of time a p articipant mu st speak continuously before becoming the speaker .[...]

Defining SVC and Mixed CP and SVC Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 104 12 Click the IVR ta b.[...]

Defining SVC and Mixed CP and SVC Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 105 13 If required, set the fo llowing parame ters: The following IVR features are not suppo rted during SVC con ferences:  Roll Call  Invite Participant s  Entry and Exit tones  Click & View  PCM New SVC Profile - IVR Parameters Field/Option D escription Confe[...]

Defining SVC and Mixed CP and SVC Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 106 14 Click the Network Services tab. The New Profile - Network Ser vices tab opens. Registration of conferencing entities such as ong oing conferences, Meeting Ro oms, and SIP Factories with SIP servers is done pe r conferencing entity . This allows better control of the number[...]

Defining SVC and Mixed CP and SVC Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 107 16 Click OK to complete the Profile definition. A new Profile is created and added to the Conference Profiles list. SIP Registration T o register the conferencing entity to which this profile is assigned with the SIP Server of the select ed Network Service, click the check bo[...]

Defining SVC and Mixed CP and SVC Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 108 Defining Mixed CP and SVC Conferencing Profiles The mixed CP and SVC Profile is based on the CP Pr ofile with a few of the CP options disabl ed for compatibility between A VC and SVC protocols and to enable the medi a c onversion betw een these two modes. The Gathering Settin[...]

Defining SVC and Mixed CP and SVC Conference Profiles Polycom®, Inc. 109 Using the various Profile t abs, you can define the following profile p arameters: ● CP and SVC Profile - Advanced parameters - th ese parameters are the sa me as for C P conferences. For details, see New A VC CP Profile - Advanced Parameters . ● CP and SVC Profile - V id[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 11 0 V ideo Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing V ideo Resolutions in A VC CP Conferencing The RealPresence Collabora tion Server always attempt s to connect to end points at the highest line rate defined for the conferen ce. If the connection cannot be establish ed using the conferen ce line rate, the Collabo[...]

Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 111 ● In a 1X1 Video La yout:  SD: If the speaker transmits CIF , the MCU will send CIF to all pa rticipants, including the SD particip ants. In any other layout the MCU will transmit to each participant at the p articipant’ s sending reso lution.  HD: The MC[...]

Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 11 2 HD1080p60 Resolution Guidelines HD1080p60 resolution is suppor ted in Continuous Presence (CP) mod e: ● With MPMx media cards:  Asymmetrically: The Collabora tion Server receives HD720p60 and se nds HD1080p60.  In both V ideo Quality modes ( Motion or Shar[...]

Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 11 3 CP Conferencing with H.263 4CIF The video resolution of 4CIF in H.263 end points is on ly suppor ted for conferences in which the vid eo quality is set to sharpness and for line ra tes of 384 Kbp s to 1920 Kbps as shown in the following ta ble. The Collaboration S[...]

Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 11 4 The following factors affect the decision matrices: ● The Media card(s) installed in the system af fect the number of video resources used for each video resolution and frame rate, the supported video pr otoc ols and the maximum resolution that can be used by th[...]

Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 11 5 Default Minimum Threshold Line Rates and Resource Usage Summary The following T able summa rizes the Default Minimum Threshold Line Ra tes and V ideo Resource usage for each of the pre-defined optimiza tion settings fo r each Resolution, H.264 Profile, V ideo Qual[...]

Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 11 6 Resolution Configuration for CP Conferences The Resoluti on Configuratio n dialog box enables you to override the default video resolution decision matrix, ef fectively creating your own decision matrix . The minimum thresho ld line rates at which e ndpoint s are [...]

Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 11 7 Resolution C onfiguratio n[...]

Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 11 8 Resolution Configuration - Basic The Resoluti on Configuratio n basic dialog box cont ains the following p anes: ● Max CP Resolution Pane ● Resolution Configuration Pane Maximum CP Resolution Pane The Collaboration Server can be set to one of the following Max[...]

Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 11 9 The Resolution Configurations are: ● Resource-Quality Ba lanced (default) A balance between the optimized video quality and optimi zed resour ce usage. The Balanced settings are describ ed in the section : Default Minimum Threshold Line Rates and Resource Usage [...]

Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 120 Resolution Configuration an d a conference with Motion sele cte d in its Profile uses the Motion settings of the Resolution Configurat ion dialog box. The Sharpness and Motion t a b s i n t h e Resolution Configura tion dialog box allow you to view and m odify Reso[...]

Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 121 ● Base Profile - Endpoints that do not support H.264 High Profile connect at these minimum threshold bit rates. In Sharpness mode In Motion mod e[...]

Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 122 ● High Profile - Endp oints that su pport H.264 High Profile connect at these minimum threshold bit rates. In Sharpness mode In Motion mod e Although the default minimu m threshold bit rates provide accept able video quality , the use of higher bit rates usually [...]

Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 123 The following example demonstra te the usage of the sliders. ● Moving the HD720p30 resolution slider from 1024kbp s to 1920kbps increases the minimum connection threshold line rate for that resolution. Endpoint s connecting at line rates between 1024kbps and 1920[...]

Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 124 The Maximum CP Resolution of the Co llaboration Server can be set to one of the following resolutions: ● HD 1080p60 ● HD 1080p30 ● HD 720p30 ● SD 30 ● CIF 30 Minimum Frame Rate Threshold for SD Resolution The MINIMUM_FRAME_RA TE_THRESHOLD_ FOR_SD System F[...]

Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 125 w448p Resolution For improved interope rability with T a ndberg MXP 990/3000 endpoints, the appropriate System Flag settings will force the Collaboration Serv er to send w448p (768x448 pixels) at 25fp s as a replacement resolution for WSD15 (848x480) an d SD15 (720[...]

Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 126 Content Sharing and receivin g Content is supported. Bandwidth allocated to the Conte nt channel during C ontent sharing may cause the video resolution to be decreased as from w448p to w288p. When Content sharing stops a nd the full bandwid th becomes available, vi[...]

Video Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 127 Collaboration Server System Flag Settings On the Collaboration Server, the Video Quality field in the New Profile - Video Quality dialog box must be set to Sharpness . For more informa tion see Defining New Profiles . Additional Intermedia te V ideo Resolutions T w[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 128 Sharing Content During Conferences Content such as graphics, pr esentations, do cument s, or live video can be shared wi th conference participant s . Content sharing architecture is comprised of various aspect s: ● Content Control Prot ocols - H.239 (for H.3 23 / ISDN), BFCP (for SIP), or People+Content (Polycom’ s protocol[...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 129 Content Sharing Using H.239 Protocol This protocol is use d by H.323 and ISDN endpoints. The H.239 protocol allows compliant end points to share content stream si multa neously with video. Cascaded links declare H.239 capabilit ies, and are supp orted in S tar and MIH ca scading topologies. [...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 130 ● Due to UC-APL requirement, BFCP over TCP is not supported in Ultra Secure Mode (Collaboration Server 1500/180 0/2000/4000). Content Sharing via Polycom CSS Plug-in for Microso f t Lync Client s From version 8.1, Polycom CSS (Content Sharin g Suite) plug-in for L ync clients allows Lync c[...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 131 ● Endpoint s supporting People+Content (for example, F X endpoint s) may require a dif ferent signaling protocol. For these end points, manually add the System Fl ag CS_ENABLE_EPC, and set its va lue to YES (default value is NO). Content Media Protocols The RealPresence Collaboratio n Serv[...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 132 Content T ransmission Methods There are two method s used for content transmission: ● Content Video Switchin g ● Multiple Content Resolu tion - Content Transcodin g Content Transcoding is not supported by Collabora tion Server ( RMX) 1800- 0. Content Video Switching When using this metho[...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 133 Highest Common Calculation Depending on Content Settings For Graphics, Hi-res Graphics and Live V ideo (see Content Set tings ), the highest common content is calculated for the conference each time an en dpoint connect s. Highest Common content bit rate is calculated u sing: ● For H.263 -[...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 134 Guidelines for Sharing Conte nt s u sing Multiple Content Resolutions ● Content is always provided to H.264 HD end points. ● The Send Content to Legacy End points option is set, and cannot be modified. ● Additional resources are alloca ted to the conferen ce (in addition to resour ces [...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 135 Content Settings The Content channel can tran smit in one of the following modes: ● Graphics (default) – For st andard graphics. ● Hi-res Grap hics – Requiring a higher bit rate to increase display quality or highly de tailed graph ics. ● Live Video – Hig hest bit rate, for video[...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 136 H.263 In this mode, all end points share content using H. 263 protocol. Select this option wh en either most endpoint s support H.263, or to share content over a cascading confer ence, in which case, the cascading link should be created prior to p articipants joining the conference. The High[...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 137 When this pr otocol optio n is selected, co ntent mini mal bit rate is determined . For more informa tion, see Setting the Minimum Content Rate for Ea ch Cont ent Quality Setting for H.264 HD . Content parameter s are determined by the Collaboration Server ap plying the Highest Common princi[...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 138 Content Sharing Related Issues Sharing Content in Cascaded Environment s In cascaded environment s, content must be shared usin g the same content rate, and in H.264 confer ences, the same resolution a nd frame rate as well. Sharing content has dif ferent constraints and gui d elines over ea[...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 139 Guidelines for Sending Content to Legacy End point s ● A separate HD video r esource is allocated to the conference for content sending to legacy end points. Allocation is performed onl y once a legacy conten t endpoint is conne cted to the conference, and a content session is initiated an[...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 140 Exclusive Content Mode In this mode, the MCU prevents p articipants other than the current content sharer , from sharing content. Exclusive content may be limited to the lecturer , as described below . T o modify exclusive conte nt mode by gra nting (or canc eling) of token ownership, see Gi[...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 141 Forcing Other Content Cap abilities The H239_FORCE_CAP ABILITIES system flag allows additio nal control of content sharing: ● When set to NO (def ault) - The MCU merely verifies the endpoi nt supports the content protocols: H.263 or H.264. ● When set to YES - The MCU verifies frame rate,[...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 142 Useful Procedures in Content Sharing For all MCUs, content sharing pa rameters are defined in the confer ence profile V ideo Quality dialog box. Defining Content Sharing Parameters for a Conference The available content options ch ange according to the selected confer encing mode, and in Rea[...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 143 Content Resolution Select a Content Resolution from the pull-down menu. The Content Resolutions availab le for selection are dependent on th e content sharing mode (Highest Common or Multiple Conte nt Resolutions), Line Rate and Content Settings selected for the conference. For a full list o[...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 144 H.264 Cascade Optimized Content Sharing When H.264 Cascade Opti mized is selected in conferences as the Content Protocol , an additio nal field, Content Resoluti on is displayed in the Cont ent Video Defini tion pane. The Content Resolut ion value determines th e fixed resolution and frame r[...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 145 Selecting a Customized Content Rate T o Select the Customized Content Rate: 1 In the Content Settings list, select Customized Content Rate . When selected, a drop-down men u of the availabl e conference content ra te s is displayed. T hese content rates vary according to the se lected confer[...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 146 Sharing Content in Multiple Content Resolutions Mode For information on this conten t sharing mode see Multiple Content Resolutions . The Multiple Content Re solutions mod e can be modif ied in the conf erence Profile, in the Video Quality Ta b . T o enable Multiple Content Resolutions : 1 S[...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 147 Giving and Canceling T oken Ow nership (A VC Participant s) For information on exclusive content ownership, se e Exclusive Content Mode . T o give token ownership: 1 In the Particip ant s list, right-click the A VC-enabled endpo int you wish to define as the exclusive Content T oken owner . [...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 148 T o cancel token ownership: 1 In the Particip ant s list, right-click the end point that currently has Conte nt T oken ownership. 2 Select Cancel Content T oken Owner in the drop-do wn menu . Content T oken ownership is cancelled for the endpoint . S topping a Content Session The Collaborati[...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 149 Content Sharing Reference T ables Resolutions and Content Rate Reference T ab les H.263 Content Rate T able The tabl e below describes the content rates for both Highest Commo n and Fixed content bit rates. The values in the tables below indica te the maxim um negotiated content rate (for bo[...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 150 H.264 Resolution per Content Rate T ables The t ables below describe the resolution as n egotiat ed by the MCU accordin g to the content rate, for both base and high profiles. * For RMX1800-0, maximum content reso lution is HD1080p30. Maximum Negotiated Resolution and Fra me Rate per Content[...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 151 H.264 Highest Common Content Rates T ables The tables below summariz e the Highest Comm on maxi mum content rates as negotiated by the MCU. These tabl es apply only to single MCU (non -cascading) and no n-SVC enabled conf erences. The values in the tables below are inapp licable if lo wer th[...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 152 High Profile is appl icable only for Co llaboratio n Server s 2000/4000 with MPMRx media card(s) or Collaboration Server 1800. Highest Common Content Bit Rate for H.264 High Profile Content Settings / MCU 64 128 256 384 512 768 1024 1 152 1472 1536 1728 1920 2560 3072 4096 6144 * 96 192 320 [...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 153 H.264 Cascade Optimized (Fi xed) Content Rates T ables The t ables below summar ize the content ra tes as they are determined by the MCU. For information on the supported re solutions for eac h of the MCU types see H.264 Resolution per Content Rate T ables . H.264 Cascade Optimized Con tent [...]

Sharing C ontent During Co nference s Polycom®, Inc. 154 Note: High Profile s upport High profile is supported only by RealPresence Co llab oration Server with MPMRx card(s), or 1800. H.264 Cascade Optimized Cont ent Bit Rate for H.264 High Profile Cascade Resolution 64 128 256 384 512 768 832 1024 11 5 2 1536 1728 1920 2048 2560 4096 6144 * 1280 [...]

Polycom®, Inc. 155 Implementing Media Encryption for Secured Conferencing Encryption is available at the conference and p artic ipant levels, base d on AES 128 (Advanced Encryption S tandard) an d is fully H.233/H.234 compliant and th e Encryption Key exchange DH 1024-bit (Diffie-Hellma n) standards. Media Encryption Guidelines ● Encryption is n[...]

Implementing Media Encryption for Secured Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 156 the Collaboration Server. When all conferences on the RMX will not have MS-Lync client s particip ating and will have 3rd party end points p a rticipating. This setti ng is recommended for Maximum Security Environments. Add the flag to syst em.cfg and set its value set to YE[...]

Implementing Media Encryption for Secured Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 157 Direct Connection to the Conference The following table summarizes the connection st atus of participant s, based on the encryption settings in the confer ence Profile, th e Defined Pa rticipant’s encryption setting s or the Sy stem Flag s etting for und efined participant[...]

Implementing Media Encryption for Secured Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 158 Connection to the Entry Queue An undefined p articipant con necting to an Entry Queu e inherits the encryption ch aracteristics of the Entry Queue as defined in the Entry Queue’ s profile. Particip ants can be moved from the Entr y Queue an d th e destination conferen ce i[...]

Implementing Media Encryption for Secured Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 159 Recording Link Encryption Recording Links are treate d as regular p articipant s, however the system flag ALLOW_NON_ENCRYPT_RE CORDING_LINK_IN_ENCRYPT_CONF must be set to YES if a non-encrypted Recording Link is to be allo wed to connect to a n encrypted conference. The foll[...]

Implementing Media Encryption for Secured Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 160 Setting the Encryption Flags Enabling the media encryptio n for the MCU is usually performed once an it is app licable to all conferences running on the MCU. T o modify the Encryption flags: 1 Click Setup>System Configuration . The System Flags dialog box op ens. 2 Set th[...]

Implementing Media Encryption for Secured Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 161  Encrypt All - Encryption is enabled for the conference and all conference partici pant s must be encrypted.  No Encryption - Encryption is disabled for the conference.  Encrypt wh en possibl e - Enables the negotiation between the MCU and the en dpoint s and let th[...]

Implementing Media Encryption for Secured Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 162 T o enable encryption at the p articip ant level: » In the Particip ant Prope rties – Adva nced dialo g box, in the Encryption list, select one of the following opt ions: Auto , On , or Off .  Auto - The p articipa nt inherits the conference /Entr y Queue encryption se[...]

Implementing Media Encryption for Secured Conferencing Polycom®, Inc. 163 The particip ant encryption status is also indicated in the Particip ant Propertie s – SDP ta b, where SR TP indication is listed for each encrypted channel (for example, aud io and video). An encrypted participant who is una ble to join a c onference is disconnected from [...]

Polycom®, Inc. 164 Setting Conferences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Collaboration Server support s the T elepresence Mode in A VC CP conferences allowin g multiple participants to join a telepresence conference from RPX and OTX hi gh d efinition rooms as well as tra ditional, standard definition video conferencing systems. OTX (T elepresence) [...]

Setting Conferences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Polycom®, Inc. 165 ● When T elepresence Mode is selected in a conference pro file, the following options are disabled:  Borders  Site Names  S peaker Indication  Skins  Same Layout  Presenta tion Mode  Auto Layout  Lecture Mod e ● The master (center) camera is used fo[...]

Setting Conferences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Polycom®, Inc. 166 Cropping Cropping is used by the Collaboration Server in orde r to preserve the aspect ratio of video for all T elepresence Modes. Cropping is controlled by the ITP_CROPPING system flag in the system configuration, providing differe nt cropping options according to the endpoin[...]

Setting Conferences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Polycom®, Inc. 167 The following example illustrates the use of standard and add itional Collaboration Server T ele presence layouts when con necting four Room Systems as follows: ● T wo OTX Room Systems OTX / RPX – Ad ditional Video Layouts Number of En d points Layouts 1 2 3 4 5 9 10+ 4:3 [...]

Setting Conferences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Polycom®, Inc. 168  2 active cameras  6 screens ● T wo RPX Room Systems  8 cameras  8 screens RPX and OTX Room System connected using the RealPresen ce Collaboration Server[...]

Setting Conferences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Polycom®, Inc. 169 Room Switch T elepresence Layout s The Room Switch T elepresence layout s normally controlled by the MLA can be managed by the MCU to speed updating the confer ence layouts in lar ge conferences with many end points . Whether th e MLA or the MCU controls the Room Swit ch T ele[...]

Setting Conferences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Polycom®, Inc. 170 The following T elepresence Display Decision Matrix table below indi cates how the speaker video will be displayed on t he various participant endpoints, wh en the MCU is managing T elepresence Room Switch conference layouts. For example, if the speaker ’s end points has two[...]

Setting Conferences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Polycom®, Inc. 171 ● Personal layout s are disabled. Therefore, any feat ures that use per sonal layout s like Click&Vie w can not be used to change th e layout, and Click&View DTMF digits will be ignored. ● Changing th e flag affects only future co nference s. Conferences currently [...]

Setting Conferences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Polycom®, Inc. 172 ● Three-screen Room Systems (e.g . OTX / TIP) will not zoom out when S peaker Priority is selected. The layout below is used wh en the active speaker is using a 3-screen room system and the viewing endpoin t is single-screen end point. The layout below is used when the activ[...]

Setting Conferences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Polycom®, Inc. 173 The layout below is used when the active speake r is using a 3-screen ro om system and the viewing endpoin t is 3-screen e ndpoint. ● If a two-screen Room System is displaying a ac tive speaker using a on e-camera end point, and a previous speaker also using a o ne-camera en[...]

Setting Conferences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Polycom®, Inc. 174 Selecting S peaker Priority S peaker Prio rity is selected in th e T elepres ence Layout Mo de menu in the Video Setting s tab of the Profile dialog. For mo re information see Definin g A VC CP Conferencing Profiles . Sending Content to Legacy End point s in T e lepresence Con[...]

Setting Conferences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Polycom®, Inc. 175 ● YES - The MCU manages the layouts while Content is sent. Personal layout changes, fo r example, by MLA, a re ignored. T he layouts for le gacy endpoints are m anaged by th e MCU. Guidelines for Sending Content to Legacy End point s in T elepresence Conferences ● MLA layo[...]

Setting Conferences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Polycom®, Inc. 176 Enabling T elepresence Mode T elepresence Mode must be configured in a new or existing Con ference Profile. T o enable T elepresence in a new or existing Conference Profile: 1 In the RMX Management pane, click Confer ence Profiles . 2 Click the New Profiles button or open an e[...]

Setting Conferences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Polycom®, Inc. 177 6 In the T elepresence Layout Mod e field, select the T elepresence Layout Mode to be used in the conference . This field is used by VNOC oper ators and Polyco m Multi Layout Applications to retr ieve T elepresence Layout Mode information from the Collabora tion Server. The fo[...]

Setting Conferences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Polycom®, Inc. 178 Monitoring T elepresence Mode Monitoring Ongoing Conferences An additional st atus i ndicator , T elepresence Mode Enabled, is displayed in the Confere nce Properties - Video Settings t ab when monitoring ongoing conferences. If T elepresence Mode is enabled, a check mark is d[...]

Setting Conferences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Polycom®, Inc. 179 Monitoring Particip ant Properties An additional st atus indicator , T elepresence, is disp layed in the Pa rticipant Properties - Advan ced tab whe n monitoring conference particip ants. The T elepresence mode of the p articipant is indicated: ● RPX - the p articipant’s e[...]

Setting Conferences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Polycom®, Inc. 180 Creating Multiple Cascade Links Between T elepresence Conferences Y ou can create multiple Cascading links between Collaboration Servers hosting confer ences that include Immersive T elepresence Rooms (ITP) suc h as Polycom’s OTX and RPX Room Systems . Guidelines for Creatin[...]

Setting Conferences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Polycom®, Inc. 181 ● If there are insufficient resou rces to connect all Mu ltiple Cascade Links in either of the RMXs, none of the links ar e connecte d and resou rces defici ency -0 is listed as the Ca ll Disconnection Cause. For more inform ation see Monitoring Multiple Cascade Links . ● [...]

Setting Conferences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Polycom®, Inc. 182 ● Directional media flows, A  B, are shown separately for readability purposes. RMX T elepresence Layout Mode - Room Switch In the RMX T elepresence Layout Mode - Continuous Presence figure:  An HDX endpoint a nd an OTX Room System connects to RMX A.  An HDX endpoin[...]

Setting Conferences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Polycom®, Inc. 183 RMX T elepresence Layout Mode - Continuous Presen ce For more informa tion see: ● Setting Confer ences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) . ● Polycom® Multipoin t Layout Ap plication (MLA) User ’s Gui de for Use with Polycom T elepresence Solutions . ● Polycom® Immer s[...]

Setting Conferences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Polycom®, Inc. 184 T o create a Link Particip ant in the dial-out RMX: 1 In the General tab:  In the Dialing Direction drop-down menu, select Dial out .  In the Ty p e drop-down menu, select H.323 . For more informa tion see the Creating a Cascade Enabled Dial- out/Dial-in Participant Link[...]

Setting Conferences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Polycom®, Inc. 185 The RMX automatically adds a numb er suffix to the name of the Link Participant, for example if the Participant Link Name is CascadeL ink and the Number of cascaded links (f or ITP) field is set to 4 , the following Multiple Cascade Links are created:  CascadeLink-1  Cas[...]

Setting Conferences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Polycom®, Inc. 186 A Defined Particip ant Link The Multiple Casca de Link names are assigned accor ding to the name of the defined p articipant that is to function as the cascade link and the Number of casca ded links (for ITP) inform ation sent by the calling Dial-Out Participant Link. For exam[...]

Setting Conferences for T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Polycom®, Inc. 187 ▪ Resource deficiency is listed as the Call Disconnection Caus e in the Participant Properties - Connection S tatus dialog box. ● If a calling Link Participant is not defined with same number of link s as all th e other Link Participants in the cascaded conferences:  Th[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 188 Additional Conferencing Information V arious conferencing modes and video features req uire additional settings, such as system flag settin gs, conference parameters and o ther settings . In depth e x planations of these additional settings are de scribed in the following sections: ● Vide o Preview ● Auto Scan and Customized[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 189 ● All users can view a video preview . ● Only one preview window can be displayed for ea ch Collaboration Server Web Client connection (workstation). ● Only one preview window can be displa yed for a si ngle co nference and up to fo ur preview windows can be displayed for each media ca[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 190 A confirmation message is displayed. 3 Click Ye s to run the diagno stics. The DirectX Diagn ostic T ool dialog box open s. 4 Click the Display tab . T o be able to display the video preview window , the DirectDraw Acceleration and Direct3D Acceleration options must be Enabled . If the video[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 191  View Particip ant Sent Video - T o display the video sent from the p articipan t to the conference.  View Particip ant Received V ideo - T o display the video sent from the conference to the par ti ci pa nt . The Vide o P re v ie w window opens. If the video card installed in the PC d[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 192 Auto Scan and Customized Polling in V ideo Layout Auto Scan enables you to define a single cell in the co nference layout to cycle the dis play of participants that are not in the confe rence layo ut. Customized Polling allows the cyclic display to be set to a predefined order for a predef i[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 193 2 In the Conference Proper ties - General dia log box, click Vide o Settings . The V ideo Settings dialog box is displa yed. 3 If Auto Layout check box is selected, clear it. 4 In the video layout cell to be designated for Auto Scan, select from the drop-down menu Auto Scan . 5 Select from t[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 194 All conference par ticipant s are listed in the left p ane ( All Particip ants ) whereas the p artic ipant s to be displayed in the Aut o Scan enabled cell are listed in th e right pane ( Scanning Order ). The dialog box buttons are su mmarized in the following t able: 3 Click the Apply butt[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 195 Packet Loss Compensation - LPR and DBA Lost Packet R ecovery (LPR) and Dynamic Ba ndwidth Allocation (DBA) help minimize med ia quality degradation that can r esult from packet lo ss in the network. Packet loss Compen sation is available in A VC CP Conferencing Mode on ly and is not supporte[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 196 ● LPR is supported in H.323 and SIP networking environment s only . ● In LPR-enabled Continuous Presence co nferences:  Both LPR-enabled and non-L PR-enabled end points are supported.  The LPR process is not applied to p acket transm issions from non-LPR-enabled IP (H.323 and SIP) [...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 197 Monitoring Lost Packet Recovery In the Particip ant Prope rties – H.245 tab, LPR activity is displayed in all thre e panes.[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 198 In the Particip ant Properties – Channel St atus tab, check box indicators show LPR activation in the local and remote (tran smit and receive) channels.[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 199 Layout Indications Network Quality Indication If network quality issues occur , the Network Quality ic on provide information to p articipants ab out their own network qu ality and that o f other participants displayed in the cells of the conf erence Video Layout . Network Quality Levels Net[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 200 Indication Threshold V alues The default Major and Critical indication threshold va lues can be modified by manually adding th e following System Flags and modifying th eir values as required. For more informa tion see . Displaying the Network Quality icons Network Quality icons are not supp[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 201 For more informa tion see the . Network Quality Icon - Display Customization Flags Flag Description DISABLE_SELF_NETWOR K_IND Disa ble the display of the Network Quality icon of the participant’ s own endpoint. Default: NO Range: YES / NO NOTE : This flag’s function has been replaced by [...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 202 Recording Indications When Display Recording Icon is selected in either the Recording or Layout Indic ations t ab of the New Profile or Profile Properti es dialog, the recor ding status is indicated by the following icons: Audio Particip ants Indication During an ongoing confer ence, Audio P[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 203 ● Up to 99 audio particip ants can be indicated; when more than 99 participants are in the con ference, the indicator shows 99+. ● Y ou can set audio participant indica tion to displa y permanently or for a sho rt period only when the number of audio p a rticipant s changes. When au dio [...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 204 T op-left, with all indicatio n icons enab led, recording enabled but not active T o p-left, audio p articipant s, network qu ality enabled, recording not enabled T op-right with all indication icons enabled, recording ac tive Conference s launched using Profiles that we re defined in vers i[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 205 The flag values may be modified as follows: ● AUTO (De fault) - When any of the Indication Icon s are configured for di splay , do not follow the speaker . When the Indication Icons are not configured for display , follow the speaker . ● YES - Always follow the speaker in 1x1 layout. ●[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 206 T o select the lecturer and enable the Lecture Mode while st arting the conference: » In the Conference Properties - Participant dialog box, enable the Lecture Mode using one of the following methods: T o automatically select a defined p articip ant: 1 Add participants to the conferen ce ei[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 207 2 In the Conference Propert ies - V ideo Settings dial og box, in the Lecturer field, select the lecturer from the list of the connected p articipants. Enabling the Automatic Switching Automatic switching between p articipant s viewed on th e lecturer ’s screen is enabled in the conference[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 208 ● In the Profile Properties - V ideo Settin gs tab, se le c t t he Lecturer Vi ew Switching check box. This option is activated when the conference includes more site s than windows in the selected layout. If this option is disabled, the participants will be displayed in the selected video[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 209 Forcing is enabled at the Confer ence level only . It applies only to the vide o layout vi ewed by the lecturer as all the other conference p articipants see only the lecturer in full screen. If an asymmetrical video layout is selected for the le ctur er (i.e. 3+1, 4+1, 8+1), each video wind[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 210  Change the video layout for the lectur er by selecting another video layout. Restricting Content Br oadcast to Lecturer Content broadcasting can be r estricted to the conferen ce lecturer only , when one of the conference particip ants is set as the lecturer (and not automati cally selec[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 21 1 Muting Particip ants Except the Lecturer When the Mute Participa nts Except Lecturer option in the Conference Profile is enabled, the audio of all participants in the conference except for the lec tur er can be automatically mute d upon connection to the conference . This preven ts other co[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 212 Enabling the Mute Participant s Except Lecturer Option The Mute Particip ants Except Lecturer o ption is enabled or disabled (default) in the Co nference Profile or in an ongoing conference in the Profile Properties - Audio Settin gs tab. When the Mute Particip ants Except Lecturer option is[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 213 Audio Algorithm Support The Collaboration Server support s the following audio algorithms in A VC conferences: G .71 1, G . 722, G .722.1, G .722.1C, G .729A, G .719, G . 728, G .723.1, siren 7, Siren14, Siren 22 (in mono or ste reo) and SirenLPR. Polycom’ s propriet ary Siren 22 and indus[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 214 Mono The Siren 22, G . 719, and SirenLPR mono audio alg o rithms are supported at the following bit rates. : Siren22, G . 719, and SirenLPR Mono vs Bitrate Audio Algorithm Minimum Bitrate (kbps) Siren22 64k Siren22 48K Siren22_32k G .719_ 64k 384 G .719_ 48k G .719_ 32k G .728 16 K G .719_ 6[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 215 Stereo The Siren 22S tereo, G .719S tereo, and SirenLPR audio algorithms are supported at the following bit rates. Audio algorithms supported for ISDN Siren22Stereo, G .719Stereo, and SirenLPR vs Bitra te Audio Algorithm Minimum Bitrate (kbps) Siren22S te reo_128k 1024 SirenLPRS tereo_12 8k [...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 216 G .722.1 16 K 256 G .722 48 K G .722 56 K G .722 64 K G .71 1 56K G .71 1 64K G .728 16 K G .722.1C 32 K 128 G .722.1C 24 K Siren14 32K Siren14 24K G .722.1 32 K G .722.1 24 K G .722 48 K G .722 56 K G .722 64 K G .71 1 56K G .71 1 64K G .728 16 K G .722.1 16 K 96 G .722.1C 24 K Siren14 24K [...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 217 Monitoring Particip ant Audio Properties The audio algorith m used by the part icipant’ s endpoint can be ve rified in the Particip ant Properties - Channel St atus dialog box. T o view the p articipant’ s properties during a conference: 1 In the Particip ant s list, right click the desi[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 218 Automatic Muting of Noisy End point s The Collaboration Server ca n detect A VC-enabled end p oint s with a noisy audio channel and au tomatically mute them, reducing the noise hear d by other confer ence p articipant s. When the auto muted endpoin t becomes th e speaker th e endpoint is aut[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 219 Automatic Muting of Noisy En d points The automatic muting of noisy end points can be enabled or di sabled at the conference level (in the Conference Profile) or at the system level, by changing the ENABLE_SELECTIVE_MIXING flag setting. In new MCU installations, the automatic muting of nois [...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 220 T o disable/enable the automatic muting of noisy end points in the Conference Profile: 1 In a new or existing Conference Profile, click the Audio Settings tab .  In new Profiles, the Auto mute noisy endp oint s check box is selected by default.  In existing profiles (af ter software up[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 221 Permanent Conference A Permanent Con ference is any on going confer ence with no pre- determined End T ime continuing until it is terminated by an administrator , operator or chairperson. Guidelines ● Resources are reserved for a Permanent Conference only when the conference has be come on[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 222 Enabling a Permanent Conference The Permanent Conference option is selected in the New Conference, New Meeting Room or New Conference T emplate s dialog bo xes.[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 223 Closed Captions Endpoint s can provide real-time text transcrip tions or language tr anslations of the video conference by displaying captions. The captions fo r a co nference may be provided by th e captione r who is present in the conference , or the c aptioner m ay use a te lephone o r we[...]

Additional C onferencing Informa tion Polycom®, Inc. 224 Enabling Closed Captions Captions are enabled by a system f lag. By default, Closed Captions are disabled. T o change the flag value: 1 On the Collaboration Server menu , click Setup > System Con figuration . The System Flags dialog bo x opens. 2 In the MCMS_P ARAMETERS tab , click the Ne[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 225 Defining Cascading Conferences Cascading enables admini strators to connect one conf erence directly to one or several conferences, depending on th e topology , creating one large conferen ce. The conferences can run on the same MCU or diff erent MCUs. There are many reasons for cascading confere nces, the most common are: ● C[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 226 Guidelines for Setting the Video Layout in Cascading Conferences T o ensure that confere nces can be cascade d and video can be viewed in a ll conferences the following guidelines are recomme nded: ● The same version inst alled on all MCUs p articipating the cascadin g topology ● The same licen[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 227 Flags Controlling Cascading Layouts ● Setting the FORCE_1X1_LA Y OU T_ON_CASCADED_LINK_CONNECTI ON System Flag to YES (default) automatically forces th e cascading link to Full Screen (1x1) in CP conferences, hence displaying the speake r of one conference to a full wi n dow in the video layo ut [...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 228 Possible Cascading T opologies The following cascading topologies ar e available for setting cascading conferences: ● Basic Cascadin g - only two conferences are connect ed (usually runnin g on two diff erent RealPresence Collaboration Ser vers). The cascaded MCUs re side on the same network. ●[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 229 Basic Cascading Using IP Cascaded Link In this topology , both MCUs can be registered with th e sa me gatekeeper or the IP addresses of b oth MCUs can be use d for the c ascading link. Co nten t can be sent across the Cascading Link. Basic Cascading T opology - IP Cascading Link For example, MCU B [...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 230 Automatic Identificatio n of the Cascading Link In both dialing methods, the system autom atically identifi es that the dial in partic ipant is an MCU and creates a Cascading Link and displays the link icon for the p a rticipant ( ). The master-s lave relationship is randomly defined by the MCUs du[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 231 ● MCU to MCU Cascading Between T wo M CUs Using an ISDN Link In this topolog y , an I SDN participant from conf erence runn ing on MCU A c alls a conferen ce running on MCU B over an ISDN link. Guidelines ● Content is restricted. When another end point wants to send content, the first endpoint [...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 232 Information required that is not part of the dialin g string: [ Destination number ] - The destinatio n number as alias, IPv4 address or ISDN/PSTN number of participant B. The dialing string forma t: H.323 Participants c onnecting to another IP participant via a Gateway to Gateway call over an ISDN[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 233 The dialing string forma t: <GW A Prefix in GK><Gateway Profile_ID on GW A>*<ISDN Number assigned to the Meeting Room/Conference/Entry Queue> For Example: SIP participant dials (if Central Signaling IP address of Ga teway A is 172.22.177.89) 9999@ 172.22.177.89 IP* 4444100 If dial[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 234 ● Configure the Entry Queue or conference (for dire ct dia l-in) as enabled for ISDN conne ction and a dial-in number is assigned (for example 5414 5106). ● Defining the dial-in ISDN participant in MCU B and Dial-out ISDN particip ant in MCU A (for MCU-to-MCU cascadi ng confer ences). A dial ou[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 235 Conference Profile Definition The following t able lists the re commended Meeti ng Room/Conference Profi le para meters setting when routing ISDN cascaded calls. Recommended Conference Pro file Options Setting Line Rate Motion Sharpness Encryption LPR 128  128  128  128   256 ?[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 236 MCU Interoperability T able The following t able lists th e diff erent MCU and Gateway configuration s that are supported or imple mented when routing Cascaded ISDN calls. Since the remote particip ant settings are unknown, it is recommended that the gateway or endpoint be configured to support a h[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 237 RealPresence Collaborati on Server Gateway Radvision Gateway User calls via a Radvision Gateway to a Remote User behind RealPresence Collaboration Server Gate way (user to user) RealPresence Collaboration Server v . 7.1 Latest Radvision version Radvision Gateway RealPresence Collaboration Server MC[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 238 Suppression of DTMF Forwarding Forwarding of the DTMF code s from one conference to another over an ISDN cascading link is not automatically suppressed as with IP cascading link and it can be limited to basic opera tions while suppressing all other operation s by a syst em flag DTMF_FORW ARD_ANY_DI[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 239 If a flag is not listed i n the System Flags list it must be added to the system.cfg file before it can be modified . For more de tails on defining s ystem flags, see Modifying System Flags . S t ar Cascading T opology In the S tar topo logy (as well as in the Basic topology), the MCUs a re usually[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 240 Master-Slave Star Cascading T opology ● When creating a cascadin g link between two RealPresence Co llaboration Servers:  The RealPresence Collabora tion Servers ope rate in CP (Continuo us Presence) mode. ● When creating a cascading link between MGCs and RealPresence Collaboration Ser vers:[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 241 T o establish the links betwe en two RealPresence Collabora tion Servers r equires the following procedures be performed: ● Establish the Master-Slave relationship s between the cascaded confer ences by defining the dialing direction. ● Create the Master and Slav e conferenc es, defining the ap[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 242 2 In the Particip ant s pane, click New Particip ant () . The New Partici p ant - General dialog box is displaye d. 3 Define the following parameters: New Participant – Dial-out Cascade Link Field Descrip tion Name Ente r the participant’ s name. This field may not be left blank. Duplicate part[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 243 4 Click the Advanced ta b. Alias Name If you ar e using the target MCU IP addr ess, enter the Conference ID of the target conference. For example: 24006 If a gatekeeper is used, in stead of the IP a ddress, you can enter the prefix of the target MCU as registered with the gatekeepe r , as part of t[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 244 5 In the Cascade field, select:  Slave (if the participant is defined in a conference running on a Slave MCU).  Master (if the part icipant is defined in a conference running on the Master MCU) . 6 Click OK . T o define a Dial-in Particip ant as the cascade link: 1 In the Particip ant s list,[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 245 3 Click the Advanced ta b. The Advanced dialog box opens. 4 In the Cascaded Link field, select:  Slave , if the participant is defined in a conference running on a Slave MCU.  Master , if the particip ant is defined in a conference running on the Master MCU. 5 Click the OK button. IP Address [...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 246 Cascading via Entry Queue The link between the two confer ences is created when a par ticipant that is defined as a dial-out cascade d link in one conference (Con ference A) connect s to the second conferen ce (Conference B) via a sp ecial cascaded Entry Queue (EQ). When MCU A dials ou t to the cas[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 247 Creating the Cascade-enabled Entry Queue The cascade -enabled Entr y Queue m aintains the correct behavior of the cascaded link when it dials into it. When cascading High Definitio n (HD) conferences, the cascade -enabled Entry Queue must ha ve the same settings as both cascaded confer ences and th[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 248 5 Click OK . The new Entry Queue enabling cascading is created. Creating the Dial- out Cascaded Link The dial-out li nk (par ticipant) is cr eated or added in the linked conference (Conference A). Th e dial-out string defined for the p articipant is the di aling string requir e d to connect to the [...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 249 b Using only the Alias string (requires a gatekeep er) - see Method B . Method A In this method no gatekeeper is used. In the IP Address field, enter the IP ad dress of the Signaling Host of the MCU hosting the destination conference ( in the exam ple, MCU B). In the Alias Name/T ype field, enter t[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 250 9 Click OK . The cascade-enab led dial-out link is create d and the system au tomatically dials out to connect the particip ant to the linked conference, as well as the d estination conference. Enabling Cascaded Conferences without Password If a password is assigned to the linked conference, cascad[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 251 The Conferences List panes in each of the two conferences will displa y a cascaded conference icon ( ) indicating th at a confer ence runn ing on the MCU is pres ently cascad ing with anot her confer ence runn ing on the same or another MCU. The ca scaded conference icon will be displa yed for a sh[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 252 3 In the Advanced tab, in the Node T ype field, select MCU . 4 Click OK . Cascading Conferences - H.239-enabled MIH T opology H.239 Multi-Hierarchy (MIH) cascadin g is available to RealPresence Collaborat ion Server us ers enabling them to run very large conference s on different MCUs in multiple l[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 253 . MIH Cascading Levels The cascading hierarchy topology can exte nd to up to four levels (as show n below), where the m ost common configuration in cludes up to thr ee levels. MIH Cascade - a Sample 3-Level Cascading Conf iguration Cascading T opologies The cascading hierarchy topology should be de[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 254  DST MCS 4000 and other MCUs can be deployed on leve ls 3 and 4. ● DST MCS 4000 MCUs connect as endp oints to th e RMXs or M GCs on higher levels. MIH Cascade Levels MIH Cascading Guidelines in CP L icensing Master - Slave Conferences ● It is recommended to have RMX syst ems at all levels to[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 255 MIH Cascading – Master-Slave Relation ship Vid eo Session Mode, Line Rate and V ideo Settings The types of MCUs, their position in the cascade t opology and the en dpoint cap abilities (HD/CIF and H.263/H.264 ) determine the Video Session T ype of the MIH Cascading conference . ● When creating [...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 256 ● When creating a cascading lin k between two MGCs th e MGCs must be configu red to operat e in VSW mode. For more det a ils about the MGC to MGC connectio n, see the MGC Manager User ’s Guide, V olume II, Chapter 1, Ad Hoc Auto Cascading and Cascading Links . ● T o enable th e connection of [...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 257 MGC to RealPresence Collab oration Server Cascading If MGC is running version 9.0.4, and RealPresence Colla bor ation Server is running ve rsion 7.0.2 and higher , the RealPresen ce Collaboration Serve r can be set as Master on lev el 1 and MGC as Slave on level 2. MGC running versions other than 9[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 258 For det ails on the p a rticipant definition on the RealPresence Collaboration Server, see Creating a Cascade Enabled Dial-out/Dial-in Participant Link . For a det ailed description of the p artic ipant definition in the MGC, see the MGC Manager User’s Guide, V olume II, Chapter 1, Cascading Conf[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 259 Setting Flags on the RealPresence Colla boration Server When running conference s in mixed environment (Re alPresence Collaboration Server and MGC) there ma y be small dif ferences between the line rates each MCU is sending. In the RealPr esence Collaboration Server, several flags must be set to en[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 260 3 If the MGC is dialing the RealPr es ence Collaboration Server and the cascaded link connect s to the conference via the Cascade- enabled Entry Queue without being pr ompted for the conference password, set the flag to YES as follows: ENABLE_CASCADED_LINK_TO_JOIN_WITHOUT_P ASS WORD=YES 4 Click OK [...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 261 3 In the New Entry Queue dialog box, set the Entry Qu eue p arameters and select the Cascade check box. For more det ails on the definition of new Entr y Queues refer to the MGC Manager User ’s Guid e, V olum e II, Chapte r 1, Ad Hoc Auto Cascading and Cascad ing Links . 4 Click OK . Creating the[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 262 b Using only the Alias string (requires a gatekeep er) - Meth od B Method A This method does not use any gatekeepers. In the IP Address field, enter the IP ad dress of the Signaling Host of the RealPresence Collaboration Server hosting the destination confer ence. In the Alias Name/T ype field, ent[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 263 6 Click OK . Defining the Cascade Enabled Entry Queue on the RealPrese nce Collaboration Server If the dialing is done from the conference ru nning on the MGC that is the Master MCU, a Cascade-enabled Entry Queue must be defin ed on the RealPresen ce Collaboration Server settin g it as Slave.[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 264 For more det a ils, see MGC to RealPre sence Collaboration Server Ca scading . Defining the Cascading Conferences The t able below list s the line rates and the video settin gs that should be used wh en defining the conferences on the MG C. The same lin e rates sho uld be sele cted when def ining t[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 265 Collaboration Server, setting the Cascade field to Slav e. This particip ant dials the Cascade-enabled Entry Queue defined on th e MGC. T o define the Dial-out Particip ant: 1 Display the list of particip ants in t he linked confer ence (Slave conference). 2 In the Particip ant List pane, click the[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 266 b Using only the Alias string (requires a gatekeep er) - Meth od B Method A This method does not used a gatekeepe r . In the IP Address field, enter the IP addr ess of the MGC hosting the destin ation conference ( Master conference ). In the Alias Name/T ype field, enter the ID of the cascade-enabl[...]

Defining Cascading Conferences Polycom®, Inc. 267 8 Click OK . The cascade-enab led dial-out link is create d and the system au tomatically dials out to connect the particip ant to the local confer ence, as well as the destination conference on the MGC.[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 268 Meeting Rooms A Meeting Room is a conference saved on the MCU in passive mode, without using any of the system resources. A Meeting Room is au toma tically activated when the first part icip ant dials into it. Meeting Rooms can be activated as many times as required . Once activated, a Meeting Room functions as any ongoing confe[...]

Meeting Rooms Polycom®, Inc. 269 Use T ime Out as DTMF Delimiter Users are able to ch ange the behavior of th e pol icy of number collection for VMR En try Queues, Conference -IDs and Pas swords, allowin g a time-out to be used as a stop indicator for the input string. In previous versions, a # input at the end of the input string indicated comple[...]

Meeting Rooms Polycom®, Inc. 270 T o list Meeting Rooms: » In the RMX Management pane, in the Frequently Used list, click the Meeting Rooms button . The Meeting Rooms list is displayed. An active Meeting Room becomes an ongoing co nfer ence and is moni tored in the same way as any other confer ence. The Meeting Room List columns include: Meeting [...]

Meeting Rooms Polycom®, Inc. 271 Use Ti me Out as DTMF Delimiter Users are able to ch ange the behavior of th e pol icy of number collection for VMR En try Queues, Conference -IDs and Pas swords, allowin g a time-out to be used as a stop indicator for the input string. In previous versions, a # input at the end of the input string indicated comple[...]

Meeting Rooms Polycom®, Inc. 272 The administrator can con figure the system , using the ENABLE_DTMF _NUMBER_WO_DELIMITER system flag to change th e previous system behavio r , a llowing a time-out to be used as a stop indicator for the string input for the local IVR, when the MCU collect s the Conference-ID in the local Entry Que ue or the Passwo[...]

Meeting Rooms Polycom®, Inc. 273 Creating a New Meeting Room T o create a new meeting room: ● In the Meeting Rooms pane, click the New Meet ing Room button or right-click an empty are a in the pa ne, and select New Me eting Ro om . The New Meeting Room dialog box is displayed. The definition pr ocedure is the same as for th e new confe rence (wi[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 274 Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories Entry Queues An Entry Queue (EQ) is a special r outing lobby to acce ss co nferences. Particip ants co nnect to a single-dia l lobby and are rout ed to their destination conferen ce ac cording to the Conf erence ID they enter. The Entry Queue remains in a p assive state when the[...]

Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories Polycom®, Inc. 275 The Entry Queue can also be used as p art of the Gateway to Polycom® RealPr esence DMA solution for connecting Audio only PSTN, ISDN, SIP and H. 3 23 endpoin ts to RealPresence DMA™ system. Gateway functionality is not supported by Collabor ation Server (RMX) 1800-0. For more[...]

Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories Polycom®, Inc. 276 T o define a new Entry Queue: 1 In the RMX Management pane, In the Rarely Used menu, click Entry Queues. 2 In the Entry Queues list p ane, click the New Entry Queue button. The New Entry Queue dialog box ope ns.[...]

Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories Polycom®, Inc. 277 3 Define the following parameters: Entry Queue Def initions Paramete rs Option Descrip tion Display Name The Display Name is the confer encing entity name in native language character sets to be displayed in the Collaboration Server Web Client. In conferences, Meeting Rooms, Ent[...]

Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories Polycom®, Inc. 278 Entry Queue Mode Select the mode for the Entry Queue St andard Lobby (default) - When selected, the Entry Queue is used as a routing lobby to acce ss conferences. Part icipants connect to a single-dial lobb y and are routed to their destination conf ere nce according to the Conf[...]

Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories Polycom®, Inc. 279 4 Click OK . The new Entry Queue is added to the Entry Queues list. Listing Entry Queues T o view the list of Entry Queues: » In the RMX Management pane - Rarely U sed menu, click Entry Queues . The Entry Queues are liste d in the Entry Queues pane. Y ou can double-click an Ent[...]

Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories Polycom®, Inc. 280 IP Calls are routed to the T ransit Entry Queue when: ● A gatekeeper is not used, o r where calls are made dir ectly to the Collaboration Server’ s Signaling IP Address, with incorrect or without a Co nference ID. ● When a gatekeeper is used an d only the pr efix of the Co[...]

Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories Polycom®, Inc. 281 IVR Provider Entry Queue (Shared Number Dialing) In an environment that includes a Real Presence DM A system, the Collaboration Server Entry Queue can be configured to provide the IVR Se rvices on behalf of the RealPresence DMA sy stem to SIP endpoin ts. It displays the Welcome [...]

Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories Polycom®, Inc. 282 Entry Queue » In the New Entry Queue dialog box, En try Queue Mode list, select IVR Only Service Provider .  Enter the Entry Queue ID to be used by th e DMA for forwarding the SIP calls to this Entry Queue.  Select the special Entry Qu eue IVR Servic e if one was created.[...]

Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories Polycom®, Inc. 283 IVR media files, W A V for voice messages an d JPG for vi deo slides, are sto red on the application server . In order to provide external IVR control, a TCP-base d MCCF channel is crea ted between the ap plication server and the media se rver . Because of real-time co ns iderat[...]

Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories Polycom®, Inc. 284 3 The application server may request, through th e MCCF channel - IVR package, to play an audio file and display a video slide. Wh en the TIP endp oint uses multiple screens, the video slide is displayed on the main screen on ly . When the audio file has fi nished playing, the M[...]

Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories Polycom®, Inc. 285  Skin display  T ext messaging using Message Overlay  Site Name display  PCM  Click&View ● T o play audio messages and display the welcome slide durin g the particip ant connection to the conference via the V irtual Entry Queue, the Media f iles have to meet[...]

Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories Polycom®, Inc. 286 4 In the Entry Queue Mode field, select External IVR Control from the available options. When External IV R Control is selected, the connection process o f the particip ant to the conference via the Vir tual Entry Queue is controlled and managed by an external IVR service of an [...]

Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories Polycom®, Inc. 287 2 In the SIP Factories list pane, click the New SIP Factory butto n. The New Factory dialog box opens. 3 Define the following parameters: : New Factor y Properties Option Descrip tion Display Name En ter the SIP Factory name that will be displayed. The Display Name is the confer[...]

Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories Polycom®, Inc. 288 4 Click OK . The new SIP Factory is added to the list. SIP Registration & Presence for Entry Queues and SIP Factories with SIP Servers Entry Queues and SIP Fact ories can be registered with SIP serve rs. This enab les Office Communica tion Server or L ync server client users[...]

Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories Polycom®, Inc. 289 Monitoring Registration S t atus The SIP registration st atus can be viewed in the Entry Q ueue or SIP Factory list p anes. The following s tatuses are dis played: ● Not configured - Registration with the SIP Server was not enab led in the Conference Profile assigned to the En[...]

Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories Polycom®, Inc. 290 the part icipant is the conference chairperson. The external dat abase can populate cert ain conference parameters. For more information ab out Ad Hoc conferencing, see Appendix D - Ad Hoc Conferencing and External Database Au thentication . Gateway to Polycom® Distributed Medi[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 291 Address Book The Address B ook stores information about the people and b usinesses you communica te with. T he Address Book stores, among many other fields, IP addresses, pho ne numbers and network communication protocols used by the participant’ s end point. By utilizing the Address Book you can quickly and efficiently assign[...]

Address Book Polycom®, Inc. 292 V iewing the Address Book Y ou can view the p articipant s currently defined in the Address Book. The first time the Collabora tion Server Web Client is accessed, the Ad dress Book p ane is displayed. The Address Book cont ains two panes: ● Navigation p ane - Contains the hierarchical tre e and All Participan ts l[...]

Address Book Polycom®, Inc. 293 The Navigation pane o f the Address Book contains the following types of lists: ● Hierarchical — Displays a multi-level hierarchical tree of groups and pa rticipant s. Double-clicking a group on the navigation p ane displays the group particip ants and sub-group s in the List pane. ● All Participant s — Doub[...]

Address Book Polycom®, Inc. 294 For information on a dding and mod ifying particip ants in the Address Book, see Man aging the Address Book . Displaying and Hidi ng the Address Book The Address Book can be hidde n it by clicking the anchor pin ( ) button in the p ane header . The Address Book pane closes and a t ab is displayed at the right ed ge [...]

Address Book Polycom®, Inc. 295 T o add a p articip ant to a new conference or an ongoing conference: 1 In the Address Book Navigat ion pane, select the group from which to add part icipant s. 2 In the Address Book List p ane, select the participant or p a rticipants you wa nt to add to the conference . 3 Click and hold the left mouse bu tton and [...]

Address Book Polycom®, Inc. 296 2 Select one of the following actions: : Additionally , you can dr ag a group f rom one lo cation in the Address Book to another location, m oving the group and all it s members, including sub-groups , to its new location using the drag-a nd-drop operation. Moving a group to a new location can be do ne in the naviga[...]

Address Book Polycom®, Inc. 297 Managing the Address Book Guidelines ● The multi-level Address Book can only be used in a local configuration on the Collaboration Server. The hierarchical structure cann ot be impl emented with the Glob al Address Book (GAB). ● Up to ten levels can be defined in the hi erarchical structure of the Address Book. [...]

Address Book Polycom®, Inc. 298  Alternatively , click anywhere in the List pane and select th e New Particip ant option. The New Partici p ant - General dialog box open s. 3 Define the following fields: New Participant - General Field Descrip tion Name Enter the name of the participant or th e endpoint as it will be displayed in the Collaborat[...]

Address Book Polycom®, Inc. 299 Endpoint W e bsite (IP only) Click the Endpoint Website hyperlink to connect to the internal website of the participant’ s endpoint. It enables you to perform administrative, configuration and troubleshooting activities on the endpoint. The connection is available only if the IP address of the endpoint’s interna[...]

Address Book Polycom®, Inc. 300 SIP Address/T ype (SIP Only) Select the format in which the SIP address is written: • SIP UR I - Uses the format of an E-mail address, typically containing a user name and a host name: sip:[user]@[host]. For example, sip:dan@polycom.com. Note: If the SIP Ad dress field contains an IPv6 address, it must be surround[...]

Address Book Polycom®, Inc. 301 4 Usually , additional definitions are not required and you can use the system defaults for the remainin g parameters. I n such a case , click OK . T o modify the default settings for advanced parameters, click the Advanced ta b. 5 Define the following Advanced p arameters: New Participant - Advanced Field Descripti[...]

Address Book Polycom®, Inc. 302 6 T o add general information about th e particip ant, such as e-mail, compan y name, and so on, click the Information tab and type the necessa ry details in the Info 1- 4 fields. T ext in the info fields can be added in Unicode format (length: 31 characters ). 7 Click OK . The new p articipant is add ed to the sele[...]

Address Book Polycom®, Inc. 303 Substituting E.164 Numb er in Dial String Between the time a co nference is sche duled and when it beco mes active, the IP of a n endpoint may change, especially in an environm ent that uses DHCP . The MCU can be set to ignore the IP address of a p articipan t when the conference starts. Instead, th e alternative E.[...]

Address Book Polycom®, Inc. 304 The Particip ant Properties window open s. b Click the Add to Address Book bu tton. Modifying Particip ants in the Address Book When require d, you can modify the participant’s propertie s. T o modify p articipant properties in the Address Book: 1 In the Address Book - Navigation p ane, select the group to where t[...]

Address Book Polycom®, Inc. 305 2 In the Address Book - List pane, double-click the particip ant’s icon. The Particip ant’s Properties window is displayed. 3 Modify the necessary prop erties in the wind ow , such as di aling direction, communication protocol type, and so on. Y ou can modify any property in an y of the three tabs: General, Adva[...]

Address Book Polycom®, Inc. 306  Address Book to permanently dele te the participa nt from the address book (all groups). Click OK to perform the delete operation, or Cancel to exit the delete op eration. Copying or Moving a Particip ant Y ou can copy or move a par ticipan t from one g roup to another grou p using the Copy , Cut, and Paste opti[...]

Address Book Polycom®, Inc. 307 T o drag a p articip ant from an address book group to another group: 1 Select the particip ant or participant s you want to move. 2 Click and hold the left mouse button and drag the selection to the new group. The particip ants are moved to the new address book gro up. Searching the Address Book Y ou can search the[...]

Address Book Polycom®, Inc. 308 Y ou can filter by more than one column , by adding additional filters (columns). The filter applies to the displayed gr oup. If All Particip ant s option is selected, it applies to all the listed participant s . Filtering can be done using: ● A predefined patter n ● Customized pa ttern When you use the Find dia[...]

Address Book Polycom®, Inc. 309 3 Click the matching pattern to be applied. The filtered list is displayed with a filter indicator ( ) displayed in the selected column he ading. Example: If the user selects 172.21 .41.104 as the m atching p a ttern, the filtere d group in the Ad dress Book is displayed as follows: Filtering Address Book Da t a Usi[...]

Address Book Polycom®, Inc. 310 3 Select the (Custom) option from the drop-down list. The Custom Filtering dialog box opens. 4 In the Condition - Column text matches fie ld, enter the filtering p attern. For example, to list only end points that in clude th e numerals 41 in their name, enter 41. 5 T o add filtering p atterns to furthe r filt er th[...]

Address Book Polycom®, Inc. 31 1 6 T o clear a filtering pattern, click Clear Condition . The filtered list is displayed with an active filter (blue) indicator ( ) displayed in the selected column heading. For example, if the filtering p attern is 41, the part icipants list includes all the endpoints that contain the numerals 41 in their name. Cle[...]

Address Book Polycom®, Inc. 312 Obt aining the Display Name from the Address Book The MCU can be configured to replace the name of the dial-in particip ant as defined in the endpoint (site name) with the name de fined in the Ad dress Book. In this process, the system retrieves the data (name, alias, number or IP address) of the dial-in particip an[...]

Address Book Polycom®, Inc. 313 Importing and Exporting Address Books Address Books are propriet ary Polycom data files that can only be distributed among Collabo ration Server units. The Address Books are exported in XML format, wh ich ar e editable of fline. If no name is assigned to the export ed Address B ook, the de fault file nam e is: EMA.D[...]

Address Book Polycom®, Inc. 314 3 In the Open dialog b ox navigate to the d esired Address Book file (in XML format) to import. 4 Click Open . Y ou will return to the Import File dia log box. 5 Click OK . The Address Book is imported and a confirmation message is displayed at the end o f the process. 6 Click Close . Upgrading and Downgrading Consi[...]

Address Book Polycom®, Inc. 315 ● The Collabora tion Server us es the RealPr esence Reso urce Manager address bo ok in read-only mode. Y ou can only add or modify the address book entrie s from the RealPresen ce Resource Manager . T o Integrate the RealPresence Resource Ma nager Global Address Book (GAB) with the Collaboration Server: 1 In the R[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 316 Scheduling Reservations The Reservations option enables users to schedule conferences. Th ese conferences can be launched immediately or become ongo ing, at a specified time on a specified date. Scheduling a confere nce reservation req uires definition of conference parameters su ch as the date and time at which the conference i[...]

Scheduling Reservati ons Polycom®, Inc. 317 ● In RealPresence Collaboratio n Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000, re sources for Reservations are also calculated using the Reserve Resour ces for Audio/V ideo Participant s fields of the New Reservation dialog box. For more inform ation see Resources . ● Resources are reserved for p articipant s at the[...]

Scheduling Reservati ons Polycom®, Inc. 318 Using the Reservation Calendar T o open the Reservation Calendar: ● In the RMX Management pane, click the Reservat ion Calendar b utton ( ). T oolbar Buttons The toolbar buttons functions are describ ed in the table below . Reservations – T oolbar Buttons Button Description New Reservation Create a n[...]

Scheduling Reservati ons Polycom®, Inc. 319 Reservations Vi ews The Reservation Calendar list has the following views available : ● Wee k ● Day ● To d a y ● List In all views the Main Window List Pane header displa ys the total n umber of reservations in the system. Week V iew By default the Reservation Calendar is displa yed in W eek view[...]

Scheduling Reservati ons Polycom®, Inc. 320 T oday View The current date (T oday), highlighted in orange, can be viewed in both W eek Vi ew and Day V iew . List View List V iew does not have a calendar based format. All Reservations are listed by: The Reservations can be sor ted, searched a nd br owsed by any of the listed fields. • Display Name[...]

Scheduling Reservati ons Polycom®, Inc. 321 Changing the Calendar View T o change between Week and Day views: 1 In Week V iew: In the Reservation Calendar toolbar , click Show Day ( ) to change to Day View . or In Day View: In the Reservat ion Calendar toolbar , click Show Week ( ) to change to Week V iew .[...]

Scheduling Reservati ons Polycom®, Inc. 322 T o view T oday (the current date): ● In Week V iew or Day View , in the Reservation Calendar toolbar , click the T oday ( ) button to have the current date displayed within the selected view . T o change to List View: 1 In the Reservation Calendar toolbar , click, the Reservations List ( ) button. The[...]

Scheduling Reservati ons Polycom®, Inc. 323 T o return to Calendar View: ● In the Reservation Calendar toolbar , click any of the buttons ( Show Week / Show Day / To d a y ) to return to the required Reservation Calendar view . Scheduling Conferences Using the Reservation Calendar Creating a New Reservation There are three metho ds of creating a[...]

Scheduling Reservati ons Polycom®, Inc. 324 2 In the Reservation Calendar toolbar , click the New Reservation ( ) button or right-click and select New Reservation. Example : The following click & drag sequence would se lect a reservation for T uesday , August 12, 2008, st arting at 01:00 with a durati on of 4 hours. The duration of reserva tio[...]

Scheduling Reservati ons Polycom®, Inc. 325 3 Create the reservation using one of the thr ee methods described abo ve. The New Reservation – Genera l tab di alog box opens. All the fields are the same as for the New Confere nce – General dialog box. For more infor mation, refer to General T ab . New Reservation – R eserved Resour ces Field D[...]

Scheduling Reservati ons Polycom®, Inc. 326 4 Click the Schedule tab . 5 Adjust the new reservation’ s schedule by modify ing the fields as described in the t able below . New Reservation – Sc hedule T ab Field Descrip tion S tart T ime Select the S tart T ime of the Reservation. • The S tart/End T imes of the Reservation are initially taken[...]

Scheduling Reservati ons Polycom®, Inc. 327 Recurrence Pattern Daily If Daily is selected, the system automati cally selects all the days of the week. T o de-select da ys (for example, weekends) clear their check boxes. Wee kl y If Weekly is selected, the system automa tically selects the day of the week for the Reservation from th e day selected [...]

Scheduling Reservati ons Polycom®, Inc. 328 6 Click the Participant s tab. The fields are the same as for the New Conf erence – Particip ants dia log box. For mo re information, see Participants T ab . 7 Y ou can add p articipant s from the Participants Address Book. For more informa tion see Adding Particip ants from the Address Book . 8 Option[...]

Scheduling Reservati ons Polycom®, Inc. 329 9 Click OK . The New Reservation is create d and is di splayed in the Reservatio n Calendar . If you create a recurring reservation all occu rrence s have th e same ID. A recurring Reservation is assigned the same ISDN/PSTN dial-in number for all recurr ences. If a dial in n umber conflict occurs prior t[...]

Scheduling Reservati ons Polycom®, Inc. 330 The cursor changes to a vertical double arrow ( ) when it is moved over the top and bottom sides of the square. T o move the Reservation to another time slot: 1 Select the Reservation. 2 Hold the mo use button down and drag the Re servation t o the desire d time slot. 3 Release the mouse button. T o chan[...]

Scheduling Reservati ons Polycom®, Inc. 331 5 Click OK . The dialog box closes and modificatio ns (if any) are saved. Adjusting the S t art Times of all Reservations When utilizing GMT offset (f or example, Daylight Saving Time chan ge), the st art time of the reoc curring reservations scheduled be fore the Collaboratio n Serv er time chan ge are [...]

Scheduling Reservati ons Polycom®, Inc. 332 2 Click the Adjust Reservations Ti me button. The Adjust Res ervations T ime dialog box open s. 3 Click the arrows of the Offset - Hours box to indicate the number of hours to ad d or subtra ct from the current start time; a positiv e value indicates adding time, while minus (-) indicates subtracting tim[...]

Scheduling Reservati ons Polycom®, Inc. 333 Deleting Reservations T o delete a single reservation: 1 In the Reservations List, navigate to the reservation you want to delete, using the Show Day , Show Wee k , T oday , Back , Next or List buttons. 2 Click to select the rese rvation to be deleted. 3 Click the Delete Reservation () button. or Place t[...]

Scheduling Reservati ons Polycom®, Inc. 334 2 T ype all or p art of the reservation’s Display Name into the field and click Search . The closest matching Reservat ion entries are displaye d. 3 T o view or modify the Reservation : Double- click the Reservation’ s entry in the list to open the Reservations Properties dialog box. or Right -click [...]

Polycom®, Inc. 335 Operator Assist ance & Particip ant Move Users (operators) assist ance to participant s is available when: ● Participa nts have requ ested individual help (using *0 DTMF code) during the conference. ● Participants have request ed help for th e confere nce (using 0 0 DTMF code ) during the conference . ● Participa nts h[...]

Operator Assistance & Participant Move Polycom®, Inc. 336 Operator Conference Guidelines ● An Operator conference can only ru n in Continuous Presence mode. ● Operator confe rence is defined in the Co nference Prof ile. When enabled in Co nference Profile, High Definition Video Switching option is disable d. ● An Operator conference can [...]

Operator Assistance & Participant Move Polycom®, Inc. 337 T o define a Conference IVR Service with Operator Assist ance Options 1 In the RMX Management pane, e xpand the Rarely Used list. 2 Click the IVR Services () e n t r y . 3 On the IVR Services toolbar , click the New Conference IVR Service () button. The New Confere nce IVR Service - Glo[...]

Operator Assistance & Participant Move Polycom®, Inc. 338 15 Click the Roll Call/Notifications ta b. The New Confere nce IVR Service - Roll Call dia log box opens. 16 Enable the Roll Call featur e and assign the appr opriate audio file to each message type . For more informati on, see Conference IVR Service Properties - Roll Call Messa ges . 1[...]

Operator Assistance & Participant Move Polycom®, Inc. 339 21 Click the Operator Assist ance tab. The Operator Assistance dialog box opens. 22 Select Ena ble Operator Assist ance to enable operator assist ance when the particip ant requires or requests help during the connection process to the conference or during the conferen ce. 23 In the Ope[...]

Operator Assistance & Participant Move Polycom®, Inc. 340 9 Click the Vi de o Se r vi c es tab. The New Entry Queue IVR Se rvice - V ideo Services dialog box opens. 10 In the Video W elcom e Slide list, select the video slide that will be displayed to participants connecting to the Entry Queue. The slide list includes the video slides that wer[...]

Operator Assistance & Participant Move Polycom®, Inc. 341 4 Click the Operator Conference check box. 5 Click the Advanced ta b. The New Profile – Advanced d ialog box opens.[...]

Operator Assistance & Participant Move Polycom®, Inc. 342 6 Define the Profile - Advanced parameter s. For more det a ils, see New A VC CP Profile - Advanced Parameters . Note that when Operator Conference is selected, the Auto T erminate selection is automatically cleared and disabled and th e Operator confere nce cannot automatically end un [...]

Operator Assistance & Participant Move Polycom®, Inc. 343 2 In the Profile field, select a Profile in which the Operator Conference option is selected. Upon selection of the Operator Conference Profile , the Displa y Name is automatically t aken from the Collaboration Server User Login Name. This name can not be modified. Only one Operator co [...]

Operator Assistance & Participant Move Polycom®, Inc. 344 Routing Name The name with which ongoing co nferences, Meeting Room s, Entry Queues and SIP Factories register wi th various devices on the network such a s gatekeepe rs and SIP servers. This name must be defined using ASCII characters. Comma, colon and semicolon charac ters cannot be u[...]

Operator Assistance & Participant Move Polycom®, Inc. 345 4 Click the Participant s tab. The New Conference - Particip ant s dialog box opens. Y ou must define or add the Operator pa rticip ant to the Operator conference. This particip ant must be defined as a dial-out p articipant. Define the p arameters of the endp oint that will be used by [...]

Operator Assistance & Participant Move Polycom®, Inc. 346 The conference is saved to a template whose na me is taken from the on going conference Display Name (the Login name of the Collaboration Server User). The T emplate is displayed with the Operator Conference icon. St arting an Operator C onference from a T emplate An ongoing Operator co[...]

Operator Assistance & Participant Move Polycom®, Inc. 347 The conference is st arted. The name of the ongoin g conference in the Conferences list is t aken from th e Conferen ce T emplate Display Name . Monitoring Operator Conferenc es and Particip ants Requiring Assist ance Operator conferences are mon i tored in the same way as st andard ong[...]

Operator Assistance & Participant Move Polycom®, Inc. 348 ● The particip ant’s connection S tatus changes, reflecti ng the help request. For more infor mation, see Particip ants List S tatus Column Icons and Indications . ● The conference st atus changes and it is displaye d with the exclamation point icon and the st atus Awaiting Operat[...]

Operator Assistance & Participant Move Polycom®, Inc. 349 Audible Alarms In addition to the visual cues used to detect events occurring on the Collaborati on Server, an au dible alarm can be activated and played wh en part i c ipant s request Operator Assistance. Using Audible Alarms The Audible Alarm functiona lity for O perator Assist ance r[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 350 Conference T emplates Conference T emplates enable administrators a nd operat ors to create, save, schedule an d activate identical conference s. A Conference T emplate: ● Saves the conference Profile. ● Saves all participant p arameters including their Personal Layo ut and Video Fo rcing settings. ● Simplifies the setting[...]

Conference T emplates Polycom®, Inc. 351 Using Conference T emplates The Conference T emp lates list is initially displayed as a closed tab in the Collaboration Serv er Web Client main window . The number of saved Confer ence T emplates is indicated on the t ab. Clicking the tab opens the Conference T emplates list. The Conference T emplates are l[...]

Conference T emplates Polycom®, Inc. 352 The Conferences List toolb ar includes the following button: Creating a New Conference T emplate There are two method s to create a Conference T emplate: ● From scratch - defining the confer ence param eters and particip ants ● Saving an ongoing conference as T emplate Creating a new Conferen ce T empla[...]

Conference T emplates Polycom®, Inc. 353 2 Click the New Conference T emplate ( ) button. The New Conference T emplate - General dialog box opens. The fields of the New T emplate – General dia log box are identical to th ose of the New Conference – General dialog box. For more inform ation, see General T ab . 3 Modify the fields of the General[...]

Conference T emplates Polycom®, Inc. 354 4 Click the Participant s tab. The New T emplate – Participant s dialog box opens. Sp e c i f y t h e Display Name or Duration . T o have a permanent conference, select the Permanent Conferen ce check box. The fields of the New T emplate – Partic ip ants di alog box are the same as those of the New Conf[...]

Conference T emplates Polycom®, Inc. 355 6 Click the New button. The New Particip ant – Ge neral dialog box opens. The New T emplate – Participant dialog box remains open in the b ackground. For a full description of the Ge neral ta b fields see Adding a New p articipant to the Addr ess Book Directly . 7 Modify the fields of the General dialog[...]

Conference T emplates Polycom®, Inc. 356 8 Click the Advanced ta b. The New Particip ant – Advanced dialog b ox opens. 9 Modify the fields of the Advanced dialog box. 10 Click the Media Sources tab . The Media So urces dialog box opens. The Media So urces dialog box enables you to set up and save, Display Name, Dura tion and Personal Layout and [...]

Conference T emplates Polycom®, Inc. 357 11 Sp e c i f y t h e Display Name and Duration . T o have a permanent conference, select the Permanent Conferen ce check box. 12 Modify the Personal La yout and V ideo Forcin g settings for the participant, and select Override layout from Profile if nee ded. For Configurin g Personal La yout and Video Forc[...]

Conference T emplates Polycom®, Inc. 358 15 T o add an y optional info rmation, in th e New Conference T emplate dialog box, click the Information tab . The New Conference T emplate – Information dialog box opens. For more informa tion, see Information T ab . 16 Click the OK button. The New Conference T emplate is created an d its n ame is added[...]

Conference T emplates Polycom®, Inc. 359 2 Click the Save Co nference to T empl ate () button. or Right-click and select Save Confe rence to T emplat e . The conference is saved to a template whose name is taken from the on going conference Display Name (the Lo gin name o f the Collab oration Serv er User). T he T emplate is displayed with the Ope[...]

Conference T emplates Polycom®, Inc. 360 2 Click the St art Conference from T emplate () button. or Right-click and select St art Conference from T emplate . The conference is st arted. The name of the ongoin g conference in the Confer ences list is taken from the Confer ence T emplate Display Name. Participa nts that are connected to other ongoin[...]

Conference T emplates Polycom®, Inc. 361 2 Click the St art Conference from T emplate () button. or Right-click and select St art Conference from T emplate . The conference is st arted. The name of the ongoin g conference in the Confe rences list is taken from t he Confer ence T emplate Display Name . Scheduling a Reservat ion From a Conference T [...]

Conference T emplates Polycom®, Inc. 362 2 Click the Schedule Reservation f rom T emplate () button. or Right-click and select Schedule Reservation fr om T emplate . The Reservation Propert ies dialog box is displayed. The Display Name of the Reservation is t aken from the Conference T emplate Display Name. For a full description of the Reserva ti[...]

Conference T emplates Polycom®, Inc. 363 4 Click the OK button. A Reservation is created based on t he Conferenc e T emplate. The Reservatio n can be viewed and modified along wi th all other Rese r vations using the Reservation s - Calendar V iew and Reservations List. If you create a recurring reservation all occu rrence s have th e same ID. A r[...]

Conference T emplates Polycom®, Inc. 364 ● Exporting and impor ting Conference T emplates only can be used when you want to export and import individual Conference T emplates without their associ a ted Conference Pr ofiles. This option enables you to import Conference T emplates when Conference Profiles already exist on an MCU. Exporting Confere[...]

Conference T emplates Polycom®, Inc. 365 3 In the Export Path field, type the path name to the location where you want to save the ex ported file or click Browse to select the desired p ath. 4 If you wish to clear the Export includes conference profiles check box when you only want to export Con ference T emplates . When this check box is clear ed[...]

Conference T emplates Polycom®, Inc. 366 3 In the Export Path field, type the path name to the location where you want to save the ex ported file or click Browse to select the desired p ath. 4 T o export Conference T emplates, clear the Export includes conference profiles check box. When this check box is clear ed, the Conference T emplates - Expo[...]

Conference T emplates Polycom®, Inc. 367 3 T o import Conference T emplates, cl ear the Import includes conferenc e profiles check box. When this check box is cleared, the Conf erence T emplates - Import dialog box is displayed without the Profiles file name field. 4 In the Import Path field, click Browse to navigate to the path and file nam e of [...]

Conference T emplates Polycom®, Inc. 368 6 Click Cancel to exit the Messa ge Alert s window . The imported Co nference T e mplates are ad ded to the Confer ence T empla tes list. When the Import includes conference profile s check box is selected, the impor t ed Conference Profiles are added to the Conference Profiles list.[...]

Polycom, Inc. 369 S t art a Conference There are severa l ways to st art a conference: ● Clicking the New Conference button in the Co nferences pane. F or more info rmation, see St a r t a n A VC C P Confere nce from the Conference s Pane and S tarting a New SVC Conference . ● Dialing in to a Meeting Room. A Meeting Room is a conference that is[...]

S tart a Co nference Polycom, Inc. 370 S t art an A VC CP Conference from the Conferences Pane T o sta rt an A VC CP conference from the Conference p ane: 1 In the Conferences p ane, click New Conference () . The New Confere nce – General dia log box opens. 2 Set general information, such as meeting duration, mee ting profile, and pa sswords. For[...]

S tart a Co nference Polycom, Inc. 371 General T ab Y ou can define p a rameters such as your display name, conference prof ile, conference password, an d duration in the General tab. The following table describes the information displayed in the General T ab.[...]

S tart a Co nference Polycom, Inc. 372 New Conference - General tab p arameters Field Description Display Name The Displa y Name is the conferencing entity name in native lang uage charac ter sets to be displayed in the RP Collaboration Server Web Client. In conferences, Meeting Rooms, Entry Queues and SIP factories the system automatically gen era[...]

S tart a Co nference Polycom, Inc. 373 ID Enter the unique-per-MCU conference ID. If left blank, the MCU automatically assigns a number once the conf erence is launch ed. This ID must be commu nicated to conference participants to enable them to dial in to the conference. Note: If setting the Conference ID to the digi ts that are used for MCU prefi[...]

S tart a Co nference Polycom, Inc. 374 Maximum Number of Participants Indicate the total number o f participant s t hat can be connected to the conference. The automatic setting indicates that the maxi mu m number of participants that can be connected to the conference is determin ed according to resource avail ability . Note: If a number is specif[...]

S tart a Co nference Polycom, Inc. 375 Particip ants T ab The Participant s tab is used to add participan ts to the conferen ce from the Address Book or by defining them. Defined dial- out participants are connected to the conf erence autom atically when the conf erence is launched, unless the Dial Out Manually option is selecte d. When defining a [...]

S tart a Co nference Polycom, Inc. 376 Participa nts can be added to the conference in the following methods: ● Defining a new p articipant du ring the definitio n of the conference (clickin g the New button). ● Adding pre-defin ed participants from the Address B ook by either selecting the p articipants from the list or dragging and dropping t[...]

S tart a Co nference Polycom, Inc. 377 T o add p articip ants from the Address Book: 1 In the Particip ants List , click t he Add from Address Book button to open the Particip ants Address Book. The All Partic ip ants list opens. 2 In the Participants Address Book, se lect the part icipant s that you want to add to the conference an d click the Add[...]

S tart a Co nference Polycom, Inc. 378 Changes made to this information once the conference is running a re not saved to the CDR. If no particip ants were defined for the confe rence or as long as no p articipant s are connected, the indication Empty and a wa rning icon ( ) appear in the St a tus column in the Conferences pane. The status changes w[...]

S tart a Co nference Polycom, Inc. 379 S t arting a Mixed CP and SVC or SVC Only Conference from the Conferences Pane S t arting a New SVC Conference T o sta r t a SVC conference from the Conferen ce p ane: 1 In the Conference s pane, click the Ne w Conference ( ) button. The New Confere nce – General dia log box opens. 2 Select a Profile set to [...]

S tart a Co nference Polycom, Inc. 380 Scheduling an A VC-based Reser vation A VC-based Reservations are star ted by selecting an A VC-based Profiles. T o st art a conference from the Reservation Calendar: 1 In the RMX Management p ane, click the Reservations entry ( ). The Reservation Ca lendar is displayed. 2 Click the New Reservation ( ) butt on[...]

S tart a Co nference Polycom, Inc. 381 6 Click OK. The conference is starte d. If applicable, an ISDN/PSTN di al-in number was a ssigned to the conference either automatically or manu a lly , this number can be viewed in the Conferences pane. For more informa tion about Reservations , see Scheduling Reserva tions . S t arting an Ongoing Co nference[...]

S tart a Co nference Polycom, Inc. 382 For det ailed description of Conferen ce T emplates, see Conference T emplates . S t arting a Meeting from Microsof t Outlook Using Polycom Add-in Polycom Conf erencing for M icrosoft Outlook is an add-in that enables users to ea sily organize and invite attendees to video enabled meetings via Microsof t Outlo[...]

Polycom, Inc. 383 Conference and Particip ant Level Operations Conference Operations The Collaboration Server user can Copy and Paste conf erences. Wh en using the Collabo ration Server W eb Client, conferences can be copied and pasted on the same MCU . However , when us ing the RMX Manager , with its ability to manage multiple MCUs, conferences ca[...]

Conference and Participant Level Operations Polycom, Inc. 384 Paste Conference As The Paste Conference As command allows the system user to create a ne w conference using the copied conference propertie s as a template. It automatically opens the Conference Properties dialog box allowing the user to modify info rmation in t he General, Particip ant[...]

Conference and Participant Level Operations Polycom, Inc. 385 Particip ant Operations Operational Buttons V arious operations can be perfo rmed during an o ngoing co nfer ence, af fecting only the selected p articipants in the conferen ce. These oper ations enable you to modify and control the connections and st atuses of participants in ongoing co[...]

Conference and Participant Level Operations Polycom, Inc. 386 Change to Regular Participant Define the chairperson as a regular part icipant without chairperso n privileges. Change T o Content T oken Owner Initiate Content Broadcast Control to prevent the accidental interruption or termination of H.239 Content that is being shared by th is particip[...]

Conference and Participant Level Operations Polycom, Inc. 387 Copy , Cut and Paste Participant The Collabora tion Server us er can Copy , Cut and Paste p articipants b etween dif ferent conferences r unning on the M CU , including his/her current conf er ence. These functions, when us ed via the RMX Manager, with its ability to manage multiple MCUs[...]

Conference and Participant Level Operations Polycom, Inc. 388 Paste Particip an t As The Paste Particip ant As command allows the MCU user to create a new pa rticipant using the copied particip ant’s properties as a templa te. It automatically opens the Address Book - Partic ipa nt Properties dialog box allowing the MCU user to mo dify the partic[...]

Conference and Participant Level Operations Polycom, Inc. 389 Moving Particip ant s Between Conferences The Collaboration Server User can move particip ants between ongoing conferences, includi ng an Operator conference, and from the Entr y Queue to the d estination co nfer ence if help is required. When moving between conferences or wh en a partic[...]

Conference and Participant Level Operations Polycom, Inc. 390 ● Participant s cannot be moved to a conference if the move will caus e the number of p articipants to exceed the maximum number of p articipant s allowed for the destination con ference. Moving Particip ants Options Collaboration Server user s can assist particip ants by performing th[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 391 Polycom Conferencing for Microsof t Outlook® Polycom Conf erencing for M icrosoft Outlook is an add-in that enables users to ea sily organize and invite attendees to Vide o Enabled meetings via Microsof t Outlook®. Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook is implem ented by installing the Po lycom Conferencing Add-in for Mic[...]

Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook® Polycom®, Inc. 392 A Gathering Slide is displayed to co nnected pa rticipant s until the conference sta rts. The Gathering Slide disp lays live video along with infor mat ion taken from the meeting invitation su ch as the subject, meeting organizer , duration, dial-in numbers et c. At the end of the Gat[...]

Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook® Polycom®, Inc. 393 There are thre e options that can be used to config ure the Exc hange Integration Co nfiguration . The option you choose will depend on th e configuration of the mail box in the Exchange Server and the configuration of the Exchange Server it self.  Option 1 - Use this option if the[...]

Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook® Polycom®, Inc. 394 a Define the following fields: b Click OK . Exchange Inte gration Configura tion - Option 1 Field Descrip tion Enable Calendaring Service Select or clear this check bo x to enable or disable the Calendaring Service using the Polycom Add-in fo r Microsoft Outlook. When this check box i[...]

Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook® Polycom®, Inc. 395 Option 2 - Using an alternate Primary SMTP Ma ilbox a Define the following fields: Exchange Inte gration Configura tion - Option 2 Field Description Enable Calendaring Service These fields are d efined as for Option 1 abo ve. Exchange Server Address User Name Password Domain Accept Ap[...]

Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook® Polycom®, Inc. 396 b Click OK . Option 3 - Using modified Exchange Server settings Primary SMTP Mailbox (Optional ) Enter th e name of the SMTP Mailbox in the Microsoft Exchange Server to be monitored by the Collaboration Server. Note: Although several mailb oxes can be assigned to each user in the Micr[...]

Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook® Polycom®, Inc. 397 a Define the following fields: b Click the OK button. If applicable, RealPresence Capture Server or RSS systems, VMC, RealPresence DMA system, and calendaring-enable d endpoint s are configured with the Exchange Server Name , User Names and Passwords needed to access their account s. [...]

Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook® Polycom®, Inc. 398 ● The Collaboration Se rver’s Default Entry Queue must be configur ed as an Ad Hoc Entry Queue and must be designated as the T ransit Entry Queue. For more informa tion see the Entry Queues . ● The meeting organizer can enable recording and/o r streaming of the meeting. ● If m[...]

Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook® Polycom®, Inc. 399 Creating and Connecti ng to a Conference Creating a Conference Meetings are organized using the Microsof t Outlook clien t in the normal manner . If the meeting organizer decides that video p articipants are to be included in a multipoint video conference, he/she clicks the Polycom Co[...]

Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook® Polycom®, Inc. 400 Microsoft Outlook Field Usa ge table below summarizes th e Collaboration Ser ver’s usag e of Microsoft Outlook data fields include d in the meeting invita tion. Connecting to a Conference Participa nts can co nnect to the conference in the following ways: ● Participants with Polyc[...]

Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook® Polycom®, Inc. 401 ● Participants with a HDX or a room system will rece ive a prompt from the endpoint’ s calendaring system along with a button th at can be clicked in order to co nnect. Participa nts with end points that are not calen darin g-enabled can connect to the meeting by dialing the meeti[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 402 Conference and Particip ant Monitoring Y ou can mon itor ongoing conference s and perf orm various operations while confer ences are r unning. Three levels of monitoring are availab le with the Collaboration Server : ● General Monitoring - Y ou can monitor the ge neral st atus of all ongoing conferences and their particip ants[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 403 ● Right-clicking an entity in the Conferen ces or Particip ants pane and selecting an operation from th e menu. Multi-Selection Using multiple selection, you can monitor and perform simu ltaneou s op erations on multiple p articipant s in multiple conferences. The selected conferences are [...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 404 T o search for an ongoing conference by Chairperson Pas sword: 1 Click in the Chairperson Password field. 2 Enter the password to be searched for . 3 Click the Refresh button. The Conferences list is refreshed and ongoing confe rences with the requested p assword are displayed. Y ou can also[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 405 Monitoring the Conference in the Conference List Pane The Conference List p ane displays information about ongoing conferences. No status indicator display in the Stat u s column means that the confer ence is running withou t problems. One or more of the st atus indicators may appear in the [...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 406 Conferences – Monitoring In formation Field Description Display Name Displays conference name and t ype of conf erence: • – A VC Co nference running in CP mode. • – A VC Co nference running in Video Switching mode. • – The A V C conference has been secured using the *71 DTMF co[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 407 Additional informa tion about the conf erence can be viewed when accessing the conference propertie s. V iewing the Properties of CP an d Mixed CP and SVC Conferences T o view the p arameters of an ongoing CP conference: 1 In the Conference list pane, double-click the conference, or right-cl[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 408 The Conference Prop erties - General dialo g box with the General tab opens. The following information is displayed in the General tab: Conference Properties - Genera l Field Description Display Name The Display Name is the conference name in native languag e and Unicode character sets to be[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 409 Conferencing Mode The conferen ci ng mode set for the confere nce: CP , VSW , SVC Only , or CP and SVC . S tart T ime The time the confer ence started. End T ime The expected conference end time. Note: This field is not shown when the conference is set as a Permanent Conferen ce. Conference [...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 410 2 Click the Advanced ta b. The Conference Prop erties - Advanced dia log box open s. 3 The following information is displayed in the Advanced tab: Dial-in Number (1) Displays the conference dial in number. Dial-in Number (2) Displays the conference dial in number. Conference Properties - Adv[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 41 1 4 Click the Gathering Settings tab. The Conference Propert ies - Gathering Settings dialo g box opens. Packet Loss Compensation (LPR and DBA) Indicates wether Packe t Loss Compensat ion (LPR and DBA) is enabled for the conference. Auto T erminate When selected, indicates that the MCU will a[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 412 The following informat ion is displayed: Profile - Gathering Settings Field/Option s Description Enable Gathering Indicates whether the Gath ering Phase has been enabled. Display Language Indicates the language of the Gathering Slide field headings. Note: When working with the Po lycom Conf [...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 413 5 Click the Video Quality tab. The Conference Prop erties - V ideo Quality dialog box opens. The following informat ion is displayed: Conference Properties - Video Quality Parameters Field/Option Desc ription People V ideo Definition Video Quality Indicates the resolution and frame rate that[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 414 6 Click the Video Sett ings tab to list the video parameters. Auto Brightness Indicates if Auto Brightness is selected for the conference. Note: When Auto Brightness is enabled, color changes may be observed in computer-based VGA Content sent by HDX endpoints through th e People video channe[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 415 Conference Properties - Video Settings Parameters Field Descrip tion Presentation Mode When ch ecked, indicates that the Presentations Mode is active. This option is disabled in a mixed CP and SVC conference. For more information, see Supplemental Conferencing Fe atures . Lecturer View Switc[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 416 7 Click the Audio Settings tab to view the audio se tting for the conference. 8 If needed, you can enable or d isable the Mute p articipant s except lect urer setting. T elepresence Mode Enabled Indicates if the conference is running in T elepresence Mode. These fields are e nabled if the Co[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 417 9 CP Only Conferences: Click the Customized Polling tab to view and modify the customized polling for the conference. All conference par ticipant s are listed in the left p ane ( All Particip ants ) whereas the p artic ipant s to be displayed in the Aut o Scan enabled cell are listed in th e[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 418 10 Click Apply to confirm and keep the Conference Pr operties dialog box open. or Click OK to confirm and return to the Collabo ration Server Web Client main screen. 11 Click the Skins tab to vie w the skin selected for th e conference. Y ou cannot select another skin during an ongoing confe[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 419 V iewing the Properties of Ongoing SVC Conferences T o view the p arameters of an ongoing SVC conference: 1 In the Conference list pane, double-click the SVC conferen ce or right-click the SVC conference and then click Conference Propertie s . The Conference Prop erties - General dialo g box[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 420 3 Click the Advanced ta b. The Conference Prop erties - Advanced dia log box open s. Routing Name The ASCII name of the conference. It can be used by H.323 and SIP participants for dialing in directly to the conference. It is used to register the conference in the gatekeeper and the SIP serv[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 421 4 The following information is displayed in the Advanced tab: Conference Properties - Advanc ed Parameters Field/Option D escription Encryption Indicates the Encrypti on setting for the conference. Packet Loss Compensation (LPR and DBA) Packet Loss Compensation is not supported in SVC confer[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 422 5 Click the Video Quality tab. The Conference Propert ies - Vi deo Quality dialog box opens. The following informat ion is displayed: FW NA T Keep Alive When selected, sends a FW NA T Keep Alive message at specific Interva ls for the RTP , UDP and BFCP channels. The interval specifies how of[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 423 Conference Properties - Video Quality Parameters Field/Option D escription People V ideo Definition Video Quality Indicates the resolution and frame rate that determine the video quality set for the conference. In SVC conferenci ng, only Sharpness is supporte d. Maximum Resolution In SVC con[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 424 6 Click the Video Sett ings tab to view the video parameters de fined for the conference. In SVC conferences, only Auto Layout is enabled and cannot be disabled. All other vid eo settings are disabled. 7 Click the Audio Settings tab to view the audio p arameters defined for the conference. I[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 425 Operator conferences are mon i tored in the same way as st andard ongoing conferences. Each Operator confer ence includes at least one par ticipant - the Operator . Y ou can view the properties of th e Operator conference by double-clicking the conference entry in the Conferences lis t or by[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 426 When the Operator moves the p art icipant to the Operator co nference for individ ual assistance the particip ant S tatus indications are cle ared. Request to Speak Participant s that were muted by the conference organizer/system operator can indicate that they want to be unmuted b y enterin[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 427 Participants are automatically added to the Partic ipants Alert s list in th e following circumstances: ● The particip ant fails to connect to the conference by entering the wrong confere nce ID or conf erence password and waits for the operator ’s assistance. ● The particip ant reques[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 428 Particip ant Connection Monitoring (A VC and SVC-based Connections) When a conference is selected in the Conference list, the Participants list h eader displays a summary of particip ant connection status. These numbers include: ● EP = the number of End points cu rrently connected to the c[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 429 Particip ant Monitoring – Indicators a nd Properties Column Icon/Description Name Displays the name and type (icon) of the particip a nt: Audio Participant – Connected via IP phone or ISDN /PSTN. Video Participant – Connected with audio a nd video ch annels. S tatus Displays the connec[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 430 Role Displays the participant’s role or function in the conference: Chairperson – Th e particip ant is defined as the conference cha irperson. The chairperson can manage the conferen ce using touch-tone signals (DTMF codes). Lecturer (A VC-based conne ction) – The particip ant is defin[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 431 Audio Displays the status of the participant’ s audio channel. If the particip ant’s audio is connected and the channel is neither muted nor blocked, no indication is displayed. Disconnected – Participant’s audio channel is disconnected. This is a defined participant who is waiting t[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 432 V iewing the Properties of Particip ant s T o view the p articip ant Properties: » In the Particip ant List pane double-click the p articipant entry . Alternatively , right-click a participant and then click Particip ant Properties . The Particip ant Properties dialog box opens, displaying [...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 433 Monitoring IP Particip ants The following parameters are disp layed for an IP particip ant. For ISDN/PSTN participants, only the following tabs are displayed in th e Participant Properties dialog box: • General, Advanced, Information • Media Sources • Connection S tatus • Channel S t[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 434 1 Click the Connection St atus tab to view the connection st atus, and if disconnected the cause of the disconnection. This dialog box is the same for A VC-based and SVC-based p articipants. The following parameters are displayed: Mute/Suspend Indicates if the endpoint’s audio and/or video[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 435 Particip ant Properties - Connection St atu s Parameters Field Descrip tion Particip ant St atus S tatus Indicates the connection status of the particip ant. Connection Time The date a nd time the pa rti cipant connected to the conference. Note: The time format is derived fr om the MCU’ s [...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 436 2 Click the H.245 (H.323) or SDP (SIP) t ab during or after the participant’ s connection process to view information that ca n help in resolving connection issues. 3 Click on the Channel S t atus tab to view the st atus of the various channels. Particip ant Properties - H.245/SDP Pa ramet[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 437[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 438 The following parameters are displayed: Particip ant Properties - Channel St atus Parameters Field Descrip tion Channels Used When checked, indicates the channel type used by the participant to connect to the conference: Incoming channels are endpoint to MCU, Outgoing channels are from MCU t[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 439 4 Click the Channel St atus Advanced tab to view additional information for selected audio and video channels. Sync S tatus •C h a n n e l - The channel type: Video or Content. •S o u r c e - The name of the p articipant cur rently viewed by this parti cipan t. •P o s i t i o n - The v[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 440 In the Channel St atus - Advanced t ab, channels can be selected for viewing additional in formation: Particip ant Properties - Channel St atus Advanced Parameters Field Descrip tion Channel Info Select a channe l to view its information: • H.225 • H.245 • Audio in • Audio out • Vi[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 441 ICE RealPresence Collaboration Server 1500/1800/2000/40 0 0 IP Address The IP address, port number , and transpo rt protocol of the MCU used to pass through the media when ICE is functional. See Monitoring Participant Connections . ICE Participant IP Address The IP address, port number, and [...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 442 5 For H.323 A VC-based p articipant s only - Click the Gatekeeper S tatus t ab to view its p arameters. Particip ant Properties - Gatekeeper St atu s Parameters Field Descrip tion Requested Bandwidth The bandwidth requested b y the MCU from the gatekeeper . Allocated Ba ndwidth The actual ba[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 443 6 For SIP A VC-based and SVC-based p articipant s - Click t he Call Admission Control tab to view its p arameters. Particip ant Properties - Gatekeeper St atu s Parameters Field Descrip tion Requested Bandwidth The bandwidth requested by the MCU from the SIP server . Allocated Bandw idth The[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 444 Monitoring SIP BFCP Content In the SIP Participant Properties dialog bo x, BFCP status information appears in: ● All three p anes of the SDP tab . ● The Channel S t atus tab. ● The Channel S tatus - Advanced tab . For more informa tion see Participant Level Monitoring .[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 445 Detecting Endpoint Disconnection Endpoint disconn ect can be detected for ● SIP endpoints - Detecting SIP Endpoint Disconnection ● H.323 endpo ints - H.323 Endpoint Disconnection Detection Detecting SIP End point Disconnection When an abnormal disconnectio n of SIP endpoint s occurs beca[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 446 H.323 End point Disconnection Detection In versions previous to version 8. 4, when an H.323 endpoint disconnect ed, round trip me ssages were still received, even when a gatekee per was deployed. Beca use of this, the MCU failed to detect the end point disconnection. From version 8.4 onward,[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 447 : Supported Audio Al gorithms vs Bit Rate Bit Rate 96Kbps (and Lower) 128Kbps – 192Kbps 256Kbps (and Higher) Audio Algorithm G722.1 16K G722.1 C 32K G722.1 C 48K G722.1 C 24K G7 22.1 C 24K G722.1 C 32K Siren14 24K Siren14 32K G722.1 C 24K G722 48K Siren14 24K Siren1 4 48K G722 56K G722.1 3[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 448 T o view the p articipant properties during a conference: 1 In the Particip ant s list, right click the desired participant and select Participant Properties . The Participant Properties - Media Sources dialog box is displayed. ISDN/PSTN Participant Pr operties - Media Sources Field Descript[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 449 2 Click the H.221 tab to view additional informatio n that can help to resolve con nection issues. Particip ant Properties - H.2 21 Parameters Field Descrip tion Remote Capabilities Lists the p articipant’ s capabilities as declared by the endpoint. Remote Communication Mode Displays the a[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 450 3 Click the Connection St atus tab to view general information regar ding the particip ant connection and disconnection causes of the p a rticipant to th e conference. ISDN/PSTN Participant Properties - Conn ection St atus Field Descrip tion S tatus Indicates the connection status of the par[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 451 4 Click the Channel St atus tab to view the status of a p articipant’s ch annels.[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 452 The Connected Med ia and Channels Used fields of an Audio Only participant ar e displayed as follows: ISDN/PSTN Participant Properties - Chan nel St atus Field Descrip tion Connected Media Ind icates if the particip ant is connected wit h Audio, Video and Content media channels. Channels Use[...]

Conference and Participant Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 453 Monitoring T elepresence Participant Properties A T elepresence st atus indicator is displayed in the Particip ant Properties - Advanced t ab when monitoring conference particip ants. The T elepresence mode of the p articipant is indicated: ● RPX - The particip ant’s end point is transmi[...]

Polycom, Inc. 454 Recording and S treaming Conferences Conferences running on the Collaboration Ser ver can be re corded using Polycom RealPresence® Captu re Server in the following ways: ● Capture Serv er dials in MCU for conference recording via an SIP interface fro m Capture Se rver . From the Capture Server Ad min UI, you can st art a confer[...]

Recording and S treaming Confer ences Polycom, Inc. 455 ● Up to 100 Dial Out Recording Li nks can be lis ted for selection in th e Conference Profile. ● Multiple Dial Out Recording Links are supported in Continuo us Presence and V ideo Switched conferences. ● The number of Dial Out Reco rding Links available for selection is determin ed by th[...]

Recording and S treaming Confer ences Polycom, Inc. 456 Defining the Dial Out Recording Link The Dial Out Recording Link is defi ned once and can be updated when the H.323 alias or th e IP address (of the recording system) is changed. Only one Dial Out Recording Link can be defined in the Collaboration Server. It s type must be H.323 . T o define a[...]

Recording and S treaming Confer ences Polycom, Inc. 457 4 Click OK . The Dial Out Recording Link is added to the Collaboration Server un it. Enabling the Recording Features in a Conference IVR Service T o record a conference, a Confer en ce IVR Service in which th e recording messages an d DTMF codes are activated m ust be assign ed to the co nfere[...]

Recording and S treaming Confer ences Polycom, Inc. 458 3 T o assign voice messages other than the default, click the General tab and scroll down the list of messages to the re cording messages. 4 Select the Recording In Progress message, and then sele ct the appropriate message file (by default, Recording_in_Progress.wav ) from the file list to th[...]

Recording and S treaming Confer ences Polycom, Inc. 459 T o enable recording for a conference: 1 In the Collaboration Server Manag ement pane , click Conference Pro files () . The Conference Profile s list is displayed. 2 Create a new profile by clicking New Profile ( ), or modify an existing profile by double-clicking or right-clicking an existing[...]

Recording and S treaming Confer ences Polycom, Inc. 460 6 Click OK . Recording is enabled in the Conferen ce Profile. Dial Out Recording Link Encryption The Dial Out Reco rding Link can be encrypted whe n recording an en crypted conf erence. The en cryption of the Dial Out Recording Link is enabled when Encryptio n is selected in the Conference Pro[...]

Recording and S treaming Confer ences Polycom, Inc. 461 Dial Out Recordi ng Link Settings The recordin g of encrypte d conferen ces via an encrypted Dia l Out Recording Link is ena bled in the Conference Profile by: 1 Selecting the Encryption option ( Encrypt All or Encrypt when Possible ) in the Ad vanced tab. For more det a ils, see Packet Loss C[...]

Recording and S treaming Confer ences Polycom, Inc. 462 conference and the re cording dev ice is repres ented as a special participant (Recor ding) wh ose name is the Recording Link. Once th e recording has st arted, the record ing process can be stopped a nd restar ted from the Chairperson’s end point (using DTMF codes) or from the Collaboration[...]

Recording and S treaming Confer ences Polycom, Inc. 463 The default settings for Auto Layout of the Recordin g Link cann ot be changed, and the Auto L ayout flags do not apply to the Recording Link Auto Layout default settings. Using the Collaboration Server Web Client to Manage the Recording Process T o manage the recording process using the right[...]

Recording and S treaming Confer ences Polycom, Inc. 464 T o manage the recording process using the Conferen ce toolbar: » In the Conferences p ane, click one of the following buttons in the Conference tool bar . Recording Pa rticip ant Right-click Optio ns Name Description Suspend Video T he Suspend Video option prevents the incoming video of the [...]

Recording and S treaming Confer ences Polycom, Inc. 465 Conferences List - Recording T ool bar buttons Using DTMF Codes to Mana ge the Recording Process By entering the appropriat e DTMF code on the en dpoint, the ch airperson can Stop the recording (*3) , Pause it (*1), or St art/Resume th e recording (*2). For mor e informati on on managing the r[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 466 Users, Connections, and Notes Collaboration Server Users Collaboration Server W eb Client users are defined in the User ’s t able and can connect to the MCU to perform various operat ions. A maximum of 100 users can be defined per MCU. User T ypes The MCU supports the following user Authoriza tion Levels:  Administrator [...]

Users, Connections, and Notes Polycom®, Inc. 467 Since this user is pr ovided in secu re mode (JITC) as well, an active alarm is displayed upon login, indicating the existenc e of an S A_PLCM_ Integratio n default u s er , and recommending r eplacing it with an alternate one for security reasons. This user should be recognized by the DMA/XMA as we[...]

Users, Connections, and Notes Polycom®, Inc. 468 The list includes three co lumns: User Name , Authorization Level an d Disabled :  User Name - The login name used by the user to conne ct to the MCU.  The Authorization - Indicates the Authoriz ation Level assign ed to the User: Administrator , Administrator Read-only , Operator , Chairperso [...]

Users, Connections, and Notes Polycom®, Inc. 469 3 Click New User ( ), or right-click anywhere in the pane a nd then click New User . The User Propert ies dialog box opens. 4 In the User Name text box, enter the name of the new user . This is the login na me used by the user when logging in to the system. 5 In the Password text box, enter the new [...]

Users, Connections, and Notes Polycom®, Inc. 470 Changing a User ’ s Password Users with Administrator au thorization can chang e thei r own p assword and other users’ passwords. Users with Operator authorization can change th eir own password. T o change a user ’ s password: 1 In the RMX Management pane, click Users () . 2 Right-click the u[...]

Users, Connections, and Notes Polycom®, Inc. 471 T o enable a user: 1 In the RMX Management pane, click Users () . The Users p ane is displayed. 2 Right-click the user to be en abled and select Enable User . A confirmation box is displa yed. 3 Click YES . The User status in th e Users list - Disabled column changes to NO . Renaming a User T o rena[...]

Users, Connections, and Notes Polycom®, Inc. 472 3 If the FQDN in the rece ived certificate ma tches that assoc iated with applic ation-user , an d the password is correct, the co nnection proc eeds. Guidelines for defining a machine account ● Application-users are o nly supported when TLS secu rity is enabled and Req uest peer certificate is se[...]

Users, Connections, and Notes Polycom®, Inc. 473 ● If the above configurat ion are set off it will not be po ssible to add machine accounts. ● When setting the TLS mode of f the system should check the existence of a machine account an d block this operation until all ma chine account s are removed. Connections The Collaboration Server enables[...]

Users, Connections, and Notes Polycom®, Inc. 474 T o create a note: 1 On the Collaboration Server menu, select Administration > Notes . The Notes window open s. 2 In the Notes toolbar , click New Note ( ), or right-click anywhe re inside the Notes window and select New Note . 3 In the Note dialog box, type the required text and click OK . The n[...]

Polycom, Inc. 475 IP Network Services IP Network Services enable the Collaboration Server to function within IP network environments. They include the network p arameters required for the MCU to connect with other IP devices on the same network or outside th e network through a firewall . Collaboration Server IP Network Services Overview T wo types[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 476 The IP Network Services are configure d by select ing this option in the RMX Management p ane of the Collaboration Server W eb Client/RMX Manager application. Management Network (Primary) The Management Network is used to connect betwee n the Collaborat ion Server a nd the ma nagement applications (Collaboratio[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 477 Most of the Default IP Service is configured by th e Fast Configur ation Wizard , which runs automatically should the fo llowing occur: ● First time power-up. ● Deletion of the Default IP Service, followed by a system reset. For more information, se e First Entry Power-up and Configuration in the Polycom® [...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 478 Modifying the Management Network The Management Networ k parameters ne ed to be modified if you want to: ● Connect directly to the Collabora tion Server from a workst ation ● Modify rout es ● Modify DNS information T o view or modify the Management Network Service: 1 In the RMX Management pane, click the [...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 479 Management Network Prop erties - Collaboration Server (RMX) 1800 3 Modify the following fields: Default Management Network Service – IP Field Description Network Service Name Displays the name of the M anag ement Network. This name cannot be modified. Note: This field is displayed in all Management Network Pr[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 480 IPv6 Configuration Method Manual Configuration Method is recommended with IPv6. Auto (S tateless) Select this option to allow automatic generation of the following addresses: • Link-Local (For i nternal use only) • Site-Local • Global Manual Select this option to enable manual entry of the following addre[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 481 4 Click the Routers tab. Shelf Management IP Address Collaboration Server 1500/2000/4000 on ly) IPv4 The IPv4 address of the RMX Shelf Management Server . This IP address is used by the Collaboration Server Web Client for Hardware Monitoring purposes. IPv6 The IPv6 address of the RMX Shelf Management Server . T[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 482 5 Modify the following fields: Default Manageme nt Network Service – Routers Field Descrip tion Default Router IP Address IPv4 Enter the IP address of the de fault router . The default router is used whenever the defined static routers are not able to route packets to their destination. The default router is [...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 483 6 Click the DNS ta b. 7 Modify the following fields: Default Management Network Service – DNS Field Descrip tion MCU Host Name Enter the name of the MCU on the network. Default name is RMX DNS Select: •O f f – If DNS servers are not used in the network. •S p e c i f y –T o enter the IP addresses of th[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 484 8 Click the Security tab. 9 Modify the following fields: Management Network Prop erties – Security Parameters Field Description Secured Communication Select to enable Secured Communication . The Collaboration Server su pports TLS 1.0 and SSL 3.0 (Secure Socket Layer). A SSL/TLS Certificate must installed on t[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 485 10 Click OK. 11 If you have modified the Management Network Properties , reset the MCU. 12 T o define a white list, click the White List tab. A White List co ntains the addresses of IP Ne tworking Entities permitted to conn ect to the RMX’s Management Network; Networking Entities such as Network Hosts, Contro[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 486 Modifying the Default IP Network Service The Default IP Network Service is d efi ned initially during the First T ime Po wer-up or if the Default IP Service has been d eleted, follo wed by an Collaboration Se rver restart. For details, see Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/1800/2000/40 00 G[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 487 Default IP Service - Collab oration Server (RMX ) 1800 3 Modify the following fields: Default IP Network Service – IP Field Descrip tion Network Service Name The name Default IP Service is assign ed to the IP Network Servi ce by the Fast Configuration Wi zard. This name can b e changed. Note: This field is di[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 488 Signaling Host IP Address On RealPresence Collaboration Server 1800 this fie ld is disabled as only one IP address is used for signaling and media transmission. Enter the address to be used by IP endpoints when dialing in to the MCU. Dial out call s from the Collaboration Se rve r are initiated from this ad dre[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 489 4 Click the Routers tab. With the except ion of IP Network T ype , the field definitions of the Routers dial og box are the same as for the Default M anagement Network . For more information see Default Management Network Service – Routers .[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 490 5 Optional. Click the DNS ta b. 6 In the DNS field select Sp e ci f y . 7 In the DNS Server Address field, enter the IP address of the DNS Server for the IP Network Service.  If the DNS field in the IP Network Service is set to Sp ec i fy and the DNS is not configured or disabled, the DNS configured for the [...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 491 8 T o view or modify the gate keeper parameters, click the Gatekeeper tab. 9 Modify the following fields: Default IP Service – Conferencin g – Gatekeeper Parameters Field Description Gatekeeper S elect Spe ci fy to enable configuration of the gatekeeper IP address. When Off is selected, a ll gatekeeper opti[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 492 10 T o view or modify the ports values, click the Port s tab. Register as Gateway Se lect this check box if the Coll aboration Server is to be seen as a gateway , for example, when using a Cisco gatekeep er . Notes: • Do not select this check bo x when using Polycom R eadiManager or a Radvision gatekeeper . ?[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 493 Settings in the Port s tab allow specific ports in the firewall to be allocat ed to multimedia conference calls. The port range recommended by IANA (Internet Assigned Numbers Authority) is 4915 2 to 65535. The Collaboration Server uses this re commendation along with the number of licensed port s to calculate t[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 494 12 If required, click the QoS tab. TCP Port from - to Displays the default settin gs for port numbers used for signaling and control. T o modify the number of TCP ports, enter the first and last port numbers in the range. The number of ports is calculated as follows: Number of simultaneous calls x 2 ports (1 si[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 495 Quality of Service (QoS) is import ant when transmitting high bandwidth a udio and video information. QoS can be measured and guar anteed in terms of: • Average de lay between packet s • V ariation in delay (jitter) • T ransmission error rate DiffServ and Precedence are the two QoS methods supp orted by t[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 496 14 Click the SIP Servers ta b. 15 Modify the following fields: Audio / Video Y ou can prioritize audio and video IP packets to ensure that all participant s in the conference hear and see each other cl early . Select the desired priority . The scale is from 0 to 5, where 0 is the lowest priority and 5 is the hi[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 497 Default IP Network Service – SIP Serve rs Field Description SIP Server Select: • Specify – T o manual ly configure SIP server s. •O f f – If SIP servers are not present in the network. Note : When set to Specify , the Security tab is displayed. SIP Server T ype Select: •G e n e r i c - For non Micro[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 498 16 Click the Security tab. (This tab is only displayed if the SIP Server field in the SIP Servers t ab is set to Sp e ci f y .) Server Domain Name Enter the name of the domain that you are using for conferences, for example: user_name@domain name The domain name is used for identifying the SIP server in the app[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 499 17 Modify the following fields: Default IP Network Service – Secur ity (SIP Digest) Field Descrip tion SIP Authenticati on Click this check box to enable SIP proxy authentication. Select this check box only if the authentication is enabled on the SIP proxy , to enable the C ollaboration Server to register wit[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 500 If the Authentication User Name and Authen tication Password fiel ds are left empty , the SIP Digest authentication request is rejected. For regi stration without a uthentication, the Collaboration Server must be registered as a trusted entity on the SIP server . 18 T o configure the ICE environment, click the [...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 501 19 Modify the following fields: 20 T o view or modify the V35 gateway parameters, click the V35 Gateway tab . The V35 Gateway dialog bo x is displayed. 21 Modify the following fields: 22 Click the OK button. Default IP Network Service – SIP Advanc ed Field Description ICE Environment Select MS (for Microsoft [...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 502 Ethernet Settings The automatically identified speed an d transmit/receive mode of ea ch LAN port used by the system ca n be manually modified if a specif ic switch requires it. These settings can be modified in the Ethernet Settings dialog box. The following table lists the physical map ping of Port T ype to t[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 503 T o modify the automatic LAN port configuratio n: 1 On the Collaboration Server menu , select Setup > Eth ernet Settings . The Ethernet Settings dialog box specific to the system you are using is displayed; some examples are shown below .[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 504 2 Select the speed and transmit/recei ve mo de for each ports as follows: RealPresence Collabor ation Server (RMX) 1500/4000 : Although the RTM LAN (media card) ports are shown as Port 1 in the Ethernet Settings and Hardware Monitor , the physical LAN connecti on is Port 2 .[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 505 3 Click OK . Ethernet Settings Parameters Field Description S peed The Collaboration Server 1500/1800 has 2 LAN po rts that can be configured. The Collaboration Server 2000 /4000 has 3 LAN po rts on the R TM-IP (Management, Signaling and Shelf Management), and addi ti onal LAN ports on each media card (RTM LAN)[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 506 IP Network Monitoring The Signaling Monitor is the Collaboration Se rver entity used fo r monitoring the status of exter nal network entities such as the gatekeep er , DNS, SIP proxy and Outbound proxy and their intera ction with the MCU. T o monitor signaling st atus: 1 In the RMX Management pane, click Signal[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 507 IPv4 IP Address Default Router IP Address The IP address of the default r outer . The default router is used whenever the defined stat ic routers are not able to route packets to their destination. The default router is also used when host access is restricted to one default router . Subnet Mask The su bnet mas[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 508 3 Click the H.323 tab . The H.323 ta b displays the following fields: IP Network Services Properties – H.323 Paramete rs Field Description Connection S tate The state of the conne ction bet ween the Signaling Host and the gate keeper: Discovery - The Signaling Host is attempting to locate the gateke eper . Re[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 509 4 Click the SIP Servers tab . The SIP Servers t ab displays the following fields: IP Network Services Properties – SIP Ser vers Parameters Field Description Role Active -The default SIP Server is used for SIP traffic. Backup -The SIP Server is used for SIP traf fic if the preferred proxy fails. Name The name [...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 510 5 Click the ICE Servers tab. The ICE Servers ta b displays the following fields: IP Network Services Properties – ICE Server s Parameters Field Description Role T he ICE Server ’s role is displayed: • STUN password server • STUN Server UDP • STUN Server TCP • Relay Server UDP • Relay Server TCP IP[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 51 1 S tatus 1/2/3/4 A status is displayed for each m edia card installed in the Colla boration Server: • Connection O.K. • MS – register fail • MS – subscribe fail • MS – service fail • Connection failed • User/password failed • Channel didn't receive any packets for 5 seconds • Channel [...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 512 LAN Redundancy LAN Redundancy enables the redun dant LAN port connection to automatically replace the failed LAN port by using another p hysical connection and NIC ( Network Interface Card). When a LAN port fails, IP network traffic failure is aver ted and netw ork or endpoints disconnections do not occur . Whe[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 513 Media Redunda ncy on the RealPresence Collaboration Se rver (RMX) 1500/2 000/4000 is depen dent on the settings of the LAN_REDUNDANCY and MUL TIPLE_SERVICES System Flags as summarized in the following table: Media Redu ndancy is no t supported on any of t he RMX RTM ISDN ca rds. Media and Signaling Redunda ncy [...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 514 Media Redundancy on the RealPresence Co llaboration Se rver ( RMX) 1800 is dependent on the settings of the LAN_REDUNDANCY and MUL TIPLE_SERVICES System Flags as summarized in the following t able: Signaling and Management Redundancy Signaling and Management Redundancy on RealPresence Colla boration Server (RMX[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 515 RealPresence Collabor ation Server (RMX) 1500 - RTM IP 1500 on Rear Panel Signaling and Management Redundancy on RealPresence Colla boration Server (RMX) 4000 On the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000, for Signaling and Management Redundan cy when LAN_REDUNDANCY = YES and MUL TIPLE_SERVICES = NO , the[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 516 Management Redundancy on RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1800 On the RealPresence Collabo ration Server 1800, fo r Management Redunda ncy , the LAN 2 port is redundant to th e LAN 1 port and must have a LAN cable connected. LAN Redundancy is not supported by Co llaboration Server (RMX) 180 0-0. RealPres[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 517 Configuration Requirement s LAN Redundancy is disabled by default and is enabled by changing the LAN_REDUNDANCY system f lag to YES and connecting the appropriate LAN cables to the LAN po rts on the Co llaboration Server a s follows: RealPresence Collaborat ion Server (RMX) 1500 » Connect the additional LAN ca[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 518 does not indicate their activity st atus. In the Hardware Monitor pane the La n List displays the Collaboration Server LAN port s together with their Statu s indication. The Hardware Monitor S t atus indications are su mmarized in the following table: Network T raffic Control The Network T raffic Control mechan[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 519 ● TC_LA TENCY_SIZE - This flag limits the latency (in m illiseconds) or the number of bytes t hat can be present in a queue. Default = 500 Flag range: 1-1000 (in milliseconds). SIP Proxy Failover With Polycom® Distributed Media Application™ (DMA™) 7000 Collaboration Server systems that are p art of a Re [...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 520 SSH 22 TCP Secured shell. It is the Collaboration Server terminal. SSH is not supported when the Collaboration Server i s in Ultra Secure Mode. For more information see Ultra Secure Mode . No NTP 123 UDP Network T ime Protocol. Enables access to a time server on the network. No H.323 GK RAS 171 9 UDP Gatekeeper[...]

IP Network Services Polycom, Inc. 521 Alternative SIP Outbound p roxy 5060 60000 UDP , TCP Connection to the alternate SIP outbound proxy . Sometimes port 60 000 is used when the system ca nnot reuse the TCP port. This port can be set in the Central signaling (CS) configuration file. Y es - in the IP service. SIP-TLS 60002 TCP Required for Binary F[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 522 Defining ISDN/PSTN Network Services T o enable the RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) to function within ISDN/PSTN network environment s, network pa rameters must be defined fo r the ISDN/PSTN Network Service. The configuration d ialog boxes for both these network services are accessed from the RMX Management pan e o f th [...]

Defining ISDN/PSTN Network Services Polycom®, Inc. 523 Supported Cap abilities and Conferencing Features: ● ISDN video is supported only in Contin uous Presence (CP) confer ences. ● Only BONDING (using multiple channels as a single, large bandwid th channel) is supported. ● Simple audio negotiatio n. ● Supported video resolution s are the [...]

Defining ISDN/PSTN Network Services Polycom®, Inc. 524 Adding/Modifying ISDN/PSTN Network Services The system administrator can use the RMX Managem ent – ISDN/PSTN Network Services section of the Collaboration Server W eb Client to add a second IS DN/PSTN Network Service or modify the first ISDN/PSTN Network Service . Obt a ining ISDN/PSTN requi[...]

Defining ISDN/PSTN Network Services Polycom®, Inc. 525 2 In the ISDN/PSTN Network Services list menu, click New ISDN/PSTN Service ( ), or right-click anywhere in the ISDN/PSTN Netw ork Services list and select New ISDN/PSTN Service . The Fast Configuration Wizard sequence begins with the ISDN/PSTN dialog box: 3 Define the following parameters: ISD[...]

Defining ISDN/PSTN Network Services Polycom®, Inc. 526 4 Click Next . The PRI Settings dialog box is dis played: 5 Define the following parameters: ISDN Service Settings Field Description Default Num T ype Select the Default Num T ype from the list. The Num T ype defines how th e system handles the dialing digits. For example, if you type eight di[...]

Defining ISDN/PSTN Network Services Polycom®, Inc. 527 6 Click Next . The S p an Definition dialog box is displaye d: 7 Define the following parameters: Dial-out Prefix Enter the prefix th at the PBX requires to dial out. Leave this field blank if a dial-out prefix is not required. The field can contain be empty (blank) or a numeric value between [...]

Defining ISDN/PSTN Network Services Polycom®, Inc. 528 8 Click Next . The Phones dialog is displayed. 9 T o define dial-in number ranges click th e Add button. 10 The Add Phone Number dialog bo x opens. Side Select one of the followin g options: • User side (default) • Network side • Symmetric side Note: If the PBX is configured on the netwo[...]

Defining ISDN/PSTN Network Services Polycom®, Inc. 529 11 Define the following parameters: 12 Click OK . The new range is a dded to the Dial-in Pho ne Numbers t able. 13 T o define additional dial -in ranges, r epeat steps 8 to 10 . 14 Enter the MCU CLI (Calling Line Identification). In a dial-in connections, the MCU CLI indicates the MCU’s numb[...]

Defining ISDN/PSTN Network Services Polycom®, Inc. 530 17 Attach spa ns to existing Network Services, by marking the appropriate check b oxes in the Att ached field. Each ISDN/PSTN card can sup port 7 E1 or 9 T1 PRI lin es. 18 Click Save & Close . Modifying an ISDN/PSTN Network Service T o Modify an ISDN/PSTN Network Service: 1 In the RMX Mana[...]

Defining ISDN/PSTN Network Services Polycom®, Inc. 531  Dial-in Phone Numbers  MCU CLI  Sp a n s  Attached All other ISDN Properties can only be modified by deleting the ISDN/PSTN network service and creating a new PSTN service using the Fast Configurat ion Wizard. Fo r more inform ation, see Adding/Modifying ISDN/PSTN Network Service [...]

Polycom®, Inc. 532 Network Security System security can be enhanced by sep arati ng the Media, Signaling and Management Networks. RealPresence Colla boration Server (RMX) 1500/4000 On the RealPres ence Collabora tion Server (R MX) 15 00/4000, Media, Signaling and M anagement Networks are physically sep arated to provide enhanced se curity . The De[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 533 The Management Network is logically and physically sep arated from the media and signaling networks. There can be one Mana gement Network defined per Collab oration Server system. Each conference on the Collaboration Server can host p a rticipant s from the diff erent IP Network networks simultaneously . The fol[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 534 The following figure shows the network topology with two dif ferent media and signaling networks a nd one Management network connected to t he Collaboration Server (RMX) 1800. RealPresence Collabor ation Server (RMX) 1800 - Multiple Netwo rks T o pology Sample Guidelines ● Multiple Services system mode is a pu[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 535 ● On the RealPresence Colla boration Server (RMX ) 2000/4000, bo th R TM ISDN or R TM LAN can be used for Multiple Services config uration. Howeve r , if RTM ISDN is installed and used for Multiple Services configuration , only one Network Service can be associated with the media card to which the RTM/ISDN car[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 536 ● Recording Links use the default Network Service to connect to conferences, ther efore the recording system must be define d on the default network to enable the recording. Resource Allocation and Capacity The Vi deo/V oice Port Configuration (Collabora tion Server 1500/2 0000/4000 in MPMx Card Configuratio n[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 537 Upgrading to Multiple Services 1 Gather Network Equipment and Addr ess Information for eac h of th e networks that will be connected to the Collaboration Server unit. For a list of required address, see the Polycom Real Presence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/180 0/2000/40 00 Getting S tarted Guide , Gather Net[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 538 RealPresence Collabor ation Server (RMX) Ha rdware Inst allation Media Board IP add ress (MPM 3) RealPresence Collaboration Serve r (RMX) 4000 only If more than one media card is associated with this Network Service Media Board IP add ress (MPM 4) RealPresence Collaboration Serve r (RMX) 4000 only If more than o[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 539 RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 4000 Multiple Serv ices Configuration RealPresence Collaboration Ser ver (RMX) 4000 Rear Panel with LAN and PRI cables sh ows the cables connected to the RealPresence Collabor ation Server (RMX) 4000 rear panel, when one R TM ISDN and three RTM L AN cards are installed pr[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 540 Connecting the cables to the RTM IP 4000 The following cables are connecte d to the R TM IP on the rear p anel of the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000. Connecting the cables to the RTM LAN RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000 Multiple Servi ces Configuration If one LAN port per RTM ISDN/ RTM [...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 541 RealPresence Collabor ation Server (RMX) 2000 Rear Panel with RTM LAN Cable s Connecting the cables to the RTM IP The following cables are connecte d to the R TM IP on the rear p anel of the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000. LAN Connections to the RTM IP RTM IP Port Description LAN 1 – LAN 2 Manage[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 542 Connecting the cables to the RTM LAN RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1800 Multiple Serv ices Configuration Up to two media and signaling networks can be defined for the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1800. Each of these networks can be assigned a dif f erent IP Network Services (Multiple IP N e[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 543 Connecting the cables to the RealPres ence Collaboration Server 1800 T wo LAN cables are connecte d to the LAN port s on the rear p anel of the RealPresence Collabor ation Server 1800: RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 Multiple Servi ces Configuration Up to two media and signaling networks can be defi[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 544 Connecting the cables to the RTM IP 1500 The following cables are connecte d to the R TM IP on the rear p anel of the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500: Collaboration Server Configuration Once the network cables are connected to th e Collabora tion Server, you can modify the default IP Network Service[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 545 IP Network Servic e Definition Use this procedure to define Netwo r k Services in addition to the Network Service already defined dur ing first entry inst allation and configuration. Each of t he defined Netwo rk Service can be associa ted with one or more media cards inst alled in the system (depending on the s[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 546 T o add new/additional Network Se rvices: 1 In the Device Ma nagemen t pane, click IP Network Services () . 2 In the Network Services list toolbar , click the Add Network Ser vice button. The New IP Service - Networking IP dialog box opens.[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 547 3 Define the following fields:[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 548 IP Network Service - IP Parameters Field Description Network Service Name Enter the IP Network Service name. Note: This field is displayed in all IP Sign aling dialog boxes and can contain character sets that use Unicode encoding. IP Network T ype Select the IP Network environment. Y ou can select: • H.323 - F[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 549 Media Card 2 Port 1 IP Address Media Card 2 Port 2 IP Address (RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000/4000) If only one network is connected to this media card, it is enough to assign one media card to this Netwo rk Service. In such a case, enter one IP address for the media card according to the LAN Port [...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 550 4 Optional. Some system flags can be defined per Ne twork Service, depending on the network environment. T o modify these flags, click the Service Configur ation button. The Service Conf iguration dialog box opens. All the flags must be manually added to this dialog box. For a det ailed description of the flags [...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 551  FORCE_CIF_POR T_ALLOCA TION  MS_ENVIRONMENT  SIP_F AST_UPDA TE_INTERV AL_ENV  SIP_F AST_UPDA TE_INTERV AL_EP  H263_ANNEX_T  H239_FORCE_CAP ABILITIES  MIX_LINK_ENVIRONMENT  IP_LINK_ENVIRONMENT  FORCE_ST A TIC_MB_ENCODING  FORCE_RESOLUTION  SEND_WIDE_RES_TO_IP  DISABLE_WIDE_RES[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 552 8 Modify the following fields: 9 Click the Gatekeeper tab. 10 Define the P rimary and Alte rnate Gate keepers an d at least o ne Alias for this network Serv ice. The field definition s of the Gate keeper tab are the sam e as for the Defa ult IP Network Se rvice. Fo r more informati on see Default IP Service – [...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 553 12 If required, click the QoS tab. The Collaboration Se rver’ s implement ation of QoS is defi ned per Network Se rvice, not per endpoint. The field definitions of the QoS t ab are the same as for the Default IP Networ k Service. For more informati on see Default IP Service – Conferencin g – QoS Parameters[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 554 Setting a Network Service as Default The default Network Service is used when n o Network Service is sele cted for the following: ● Dial out particip ants ● Reserving resources for particip ants when starting an ongoing conference ● Gateway calls In addition, the Signaling Host IP address and the MCU Prefi[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 555 Signaling Host IP Address and MCU Prefix in GK Indications The Collaboration Serv er Web Client displays the Signaling Host IP Address a nd MCU Prefix in GK parameters as define d in the Default H.323 Network Service. Video/V oice Port and R esolution Configuration These configurations are se t for the system an[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 556 ● Y ou can also prevent dial in particip ants from connecting to that conferencing entities when connecting via a Network Service. In the Accept Calls column, clear the check box of t he Ne twork Service from w hich calls cannot connect to the confe rence. Gateway Profiles T o enable the Collaboration Ser ver [...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 557 Hardware Monitor The Hardware Monitor p ane includes the status of the LAN port s on the RT M LAN cards. Signaling Monitor The Sig naling Monitor pane in cludes the list of the IP Network Se rvices defined in the system - up to two in the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/1800/2 000 and up to four in [...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 558 The IP Network Service is selected in the New Participant - Advanced dialog box. Reserving Video Res ources for a Conference When defining a new ongo ing conference or a confere n ce reservation, you can se lect the Network Service that will be used to reserve the requi red resources. If no Netw ork Service is s[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 559 The IP Network Service is selected in the New Conference/New Meeting Room/New Reservatio n - General dialog box. Monitoring Conferences The Conference Proper ties - Network Services d ial og box shows for each Network Service with which Network Service’s SIP proxy the confer ence should be register ed and if t[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 560 Resource Report The Resource Repo rt displays a graph of the MCU’s total resou rce usage as well as a grap h of the MCU’ s total resour ce usage. When Multiple Network Serv ices are active, an additiona l tabl e of resource usage per network ser vice is displaye d. Vide o resource allocations are reported in[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 561 Resource Report - Collabora tion Servers 1800 and 20 00/4000 with MPMRx Cards Port Usage Gauges Collaboration Servers 150 0 and 2000/400 0 with MPMx media cards display port usage for V oice (Audio) and V ideo sep arately . Collaboration Servers 1800 and 2000/4000 with MPMRx media cards do not di fferen tiate be[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 562 Port Usage Gauge - Collaboration Server 1800 with MPMRx Cards NA T (Netwo rk Address T r anslation) T raversal NA T Traver sal is a set of techniques enabling pa rtic ipants behind firewalls to connect to conferences, hosted on the Collab oration Server , remotely using the internet. All signaling and media for [...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 563 Business to Business Connections The following Business to Business connection call flow options are supported: Remote Connections Enterprise Client Environment Registered SBC SIP / H.323 Y es SAM / Acme Packet SIP / H.323 No SAM / Acme Packet SIP / H.323 No SAM Only Business to Business Connections Enterprise A[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 564 FW (Firewall) NA T Keep Alive The Collaboration Server can b e configured to send a FW NA T keep alive me ssage at specific Interv als for the RTP , UDP and BFCP channels. This is necessary be cause port map pings in the firewa ll are kept open only if there is network traf fic in both directions. The firewall w[...]

Network Security Polycom®, Inc. 565 » Select the FW NA T Keep Alive check box and if required, modify the Inte rval field within the range of 5 - 86400 seconds. System Configuration in SBC environment s In an environment th at includes SAM (a Polycom SBC), to ensure that a RealPresence Mobile en dpoint can send content to a conference the value o[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 566 IVR Services Interactive V oice Response (IVR) is an applicatio n that allows pa rticipants to com municate with the conferencin g system vi a their endpoint’s input d evice (such as a remote control). The IVR Service includes a set of voic e prompts and a video slide used to au tom ate the participan ts connec tion to a confe[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 567 2 Click the IVR Services () e n t r y . The list pane displays the Confer ence IVR Services list and the total number of IVR services currently defined in the system. IVR Services T oolbar The IVR Services toolbar provides quick access to the IVR Servic e definitions as follows: IVR T oolbar buttons Button Button Na[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 568 Adding Languages Y ou can define dif ferent sets of audio prompt s in diff erent languages, allowing the p articipants to hear the messages in their preferr ed language. The Collaboration Server is shipp ed with a default language (English) and all the prompts and message s required for the default IVR Services, con[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 569 4 Click the Add Language button. The New Language dialog box opens. 5 In the New Language dialog box, ente r the name of the new language. The langua ge name can be typed in Unicode and cannot st art with a di git. Maximum field length is 31 characters. 6 Click OK . The new lan guage is added to the list of Supporte[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 570 4 In the Message T ype list, select the message type for which the uploaded message is to be played. Y ou can upload severa l audio files for each Message T ype. Each file is downloaded separately . The tab le below lists the Message T ypes for each cate gory: 5 Click Upload File to upl oad the ap propriate a udio f[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 571 6 Enter the file name or click the Browse button to select the audio file to up load. The Select Source File dialog box opens. 7 Select the appropriate *.wav audio file, and then click the Ope n button. The name of the selected file is displayed in th e Insta ll field in the Inst all File dialog box. 8 Optional. Y o[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 572 2 Define the following parameters: Conference IVR Service Properties - Glob al Parameters Field/Option De scription Conference IVR Service Name Enter the name of the Conference IVR Service. The maximum fiel d length is 20 characters and may be typed in Unico de. Language For IVR Select the language of th e audi o me[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 573 3 Click the We lc o me tab. The New Conference IVR Service - W elcome dialo g box opens. 4 Select the Enable W elcome Messages check box to define the system be havior when the parti cipant enters the Confe rence IVR queue. When p ar ticipants access a conference th rough an Entry Queue, they hear message s included[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 574 a Click the Browse button to select the audio file (*.wav) to upload. The Select Source File dialog box opens. b Select the appropriate *.wav audio file and then click the Op en button. c Optional. Y ou can play a .wav file by selecting the Pl ay button ( ). d In the Inst all File dialog box, click Ye s to upload t [...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 575 10 Click the Conference Password tab. The New Conference IVR Service - Conf erence Password dialog box opens. 11 Select the Enable Password Message s check box to request the conference p assword before moving the par ticipant from th e confer ence IVR queue to the conference. 12 Select the MCU behavior for password[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 576  None - The participant is move d to the co nference wit hout any passwor d request.  Request Digit - The system request s the participan t to enter any key . This option is used mainly for dial-out p articipant s and to prevent an answering machine from entering the conference. 13 Select the various audio mes[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 577 Conference IVR Service Properties - Gen eral V oice Messages Message T ype Descr iption Blip on Cascade Link Indicates that the link to the cascaded conference connected successfully . Chairperson Exit Informs all the conference part icipants that the chairperson has left the conference, causing the conference to au[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 578 Disconnect on No Answer The Reorder T one is played when the system retries to redial a de stination number that does not answer and fails af ter exceeding the number of red ials. This call is then disconnected. Note: This option is not available in SVC conferences and for SVC participant s in mixed CP and SVC confe[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 579 18 Click the Roll Call/Notifications ta b. The New Conference IVR Service - Roll Call dialog bo x opens. The Roll Call feature of the Conference I VR Service is use d to recor d the participants’ names for playback when the p articipan ts join and leave a con ference. Roll Call announcement s played upon a partici[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 580 a T o enable the Roll Call feature , select the Enable Roll Call option. b Select Enable T ones to enable the T one Notifications option. The dialog bo x changes to display the to ne notification options. c Select None to disable the Roll Call and T one Notifications features. 20 If you enable the Roll Call op tion,[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 581 Once a conference is enabled for Roll Call, Roll Call can be disabled using the #42 or e nabled using the * 42 DTMF Codes. or enabled with all connect ed particip ants in the conference receiving the <name> has joined/left the conference announcement. For all connected par ticipant s in the conf erence while t[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 582 a Click the appropriate table entry in the Message F ile column. A drop-down list is enab led. b From the list, select the audio file to be assigned to the event/indication . If the To n e s option is enabled, you must assign the appropr iate audio files to all notification types. The Collaboration Server system is [...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 583 23 Click the Video Services t ab . The New Conference IVR Service - Video Services dialog box opens. . In addition to the low and high resolution slides included in the default slide se t, customized low and high resolution slides are supported. The following guidelines apply:  T wo customized slides can be loade[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 584  The source images for the high re solution slides must be in *.bmp or *.jpg format.  If the uploaded slides are not of the exact SD or HD resolution, an error message i s displayed and the slides ar e automat ically cropped o r enlarged to the right size.  If a slide that is selected in an IVR Service is d[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 585 25 If the video slide file was not uploaded to the M CU prior to the IVR Servic e definition, click the:  Add Slide - Low Resolution button to uploa d a Low Resolution Slide .  Add Slide - High Resolution button to upload a High Resolution Slide . The Inst all Fil e dialog box opens. The uploading pro cess is [...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 586 26 Click the DTMF Codes tab . The New Conference IVR Service - DTMF Codes dialog box opens. This dialog box lists the default DTMF codes for the various functions that can be per formed during the confer ence by all participants or by the chairperson. Particip ants a nd chairpersons can manage thei r connection to o[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 587 Play Help Menu *83 Everyon e Enable Roll Call Note: This option is not available in SVC conferences. *42 Chai rperson Disable Roll Call Note: This option is not available in SVC conferences. #42 Chairperson Roll Call Review Names Note: This option is not available in SVC conferences. *43 Chai rperson Roll Call S to [...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 588 27 T o modify the DTMF code or pe rmission: a In the DTMF Code column, in the appropriate entry enter the new code. b In the Permission column, select from the list who can use this fe ature (Everyone or just the Chairperson). Request assistance for conference Note: This option is n ot available for SVC participants[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 589 28 Click the Operator Assist ance tab. The Operator Assistance dialog box opens. 29 Select Ena ble Operator Assist ance to enable operator assist ance when the particip ant requires or requests help during the connection process to the conference or during the conferen ce. 30 In the Operator Assist ance Indication M[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 590 ● When starting a new conference or defini ng a new Meeting Room, defin e the Chairperson Password in the conference General dialog b ox. For more informa tion, see Creating a New Meeting Room . Controlling the receipt of in-b and and out-of-band DTMF Codes The RFC2833_DTMF Sy stem Flag controls the receipt of in-[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 591 2 In the IVR Services list, click the New Entry Queue IVR Service ( ) button . The New Entry Queue IVR Service - Global dialog bo x opens. 3 Fill in the following p arameters: Entry Queu e IVR Serv ice Properti es - Global Parameters Option Description Entry Queue Service Name (Mandatory) Enter the name of the Entry[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 592 4 Click the We lc o me tab. The New Entry Queue IVR Service - W elcome dialog box opens. 5 Define the appropriate p arameters. This dialog box co nt ains options that are identical to those in the Conference IVR Service - Welcome Messa ge di alog box. For mo re inform ation about these paramete rs, see New Conferenc[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 593 6 Click the Conference ID t ab . The New Entry Queue IVR Service - Confere nce ID dialog box opens. 7 Select the voice messages: 8 Assign an au dio file to ea ch message t ype, as follo ws:  In the Message File column, click the table entry , and then select the appropria te audio message. Entry Queu e IVR Serv i[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 594 9 Click the General tab. The New Entry Queue IVR Service - General dialog box open s. The administrator can en able an audio message th at informs th e particip ant of the lack of Vid e o Resources in the Collaboration Server and that he/she is being connected as Audio Only . The message states: All vide o resources[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 595 11 Click the Video Services t ab . The New Entry Queue IVR Service - V ideo Services dialog box opens. 12 In the Video W elcom e Slide list, select the video slide that will be displayed to participant s connecting to the Entry Queue. The slide list includes the video slides that were previously uploaded to the MCU [...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 596 15 Click the Operator Assist ance tab. The Operator Assistance dialog box opens. 16 Select Ena ble Operator Assist ance to enable operator assist ance when the particip ant requires or requests help during the connection process. 17 In the Operator Assist ance Indication Message field , select the audio message to b[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 597 T o select the default Conference IVR Service: ● In the IVR Services list, select the Conference IVR Service to be defined as the default, and then click Set Default Confe rence IVR Service () . Alternatively , in the IVR Services list, right-click the Conference IVR Se rvice and then select Set Default Conference[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 598 T o select the Default Entry Queue IVR Service: » In the IVR Services list, select the Entry Queue IVR Service to be defined as the default, and then click Set Default Entry Queue IVR Service () . Alternatively , in the Conference IVR Services list, ri ght-click the En try Queue IVR Service and then select Set Defa[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 599 Replacing the Music File The Collaboratio n Server is shipped with a default musi c file that is played when pa rticip ants are placed on hold, for example, while waitin g for the chairperson to con nect to the conference (if the conference req uires a chairperson), or when a single pa rticipant is con nected to the[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 600 7 The new file replaces the previously up loaded file and this file is used for all background music played by the MCU. Creating Audio Prompt s and V ideo Slides The Collaboration Server is shipped with default voic e messages (in W A V format) and video slides th at are used for the default IVR services. Y ou can c[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 601 3 Click Convert Now . The Sound Sele ction dialog box op ens. 4 In the Format field, select PCM . 5 In the Attributes list, select 16.000 kHz, 16Bit, Mono. 6 T o save this format, c lick the Save As button. The Save As dialog box opens. 7 Select the location where the format w ill reside, enter a na me and then clic[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 602 9 Click OK . The system returns to the Sound–Sound Recorder dialog bo x. Y ou are now ready to record you r voice message. Recording a new audio message T o record a new audio message: Make sure that a microphone or a sound input device is connected to your PC. 1 On your PC, click Start > Programs > Accessor[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 603 7 V erify that the Format reads: PCM 16.000 kHz, 16Bit, Mono . If the fo rmat is correct, continue with step 10. If the format is incorrect, click Change . The Sound Sele ction dialog box is displaye d. 8 In the Name field, select the name of the form at created in step 7 . 9 Click OK . The system returns to the Sav[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 604 Creating a Welcome V ideo Slide The video slide is a still pi cture that can be created in any graphic application. T o create a welcome video slide: 1 Using any graphic application, save your im age in either *.jpg or *.bmp file format. 2 For optimum quality , ensure that the image di mensions adhere to the Collabo[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 605 Inviting Particip ant s using DTMF A particip ant in a video or audio conference can in vite another pa rticipant to the confer ence using the touch-tone DTMF numeric keyp ad on the particip ant’s endpoint. Y ou can invite a particip ant using various communication devices, such as a mobile phone, an IP phone, PST[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 606 ● When an incorrect number is entered , the call fails and an error message is disp layed. ● If the destination number is not entere d in a specific amount of time (defin ed in T imeout for user input in the IVR Services - Global tab), the pa rticipant is prompted to en ter a destination number again. Depending [...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 607 2 Click the General tab. The Conference IVR Services - General t ab is displayed. 3 In the Mess age File colu mn of the Invite Participant entry , click the drop-down arrow and select th e required voice message. The file Enter_Destination_N umber .wav that is shipped w ith the system can be used for this message. T[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 608 4 Click the Vi de o Se r vi c es tab. The IVR Servic es - V ideo Services tab is displayed. 5 Define the following parameters: IVR Services Properties - Video Services Parameters - Invite Participant s Vid eo S er v ic e s Descriptio n Dial out protocols order Select the order of the network protocol s that will be [...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 609 6 Click the DTMF Codes ta b. The I VR Services - DTMF Codes tab is displayed. 7 Make sure that Invit e Participant and Disconnect Invited Part icip ant have DTMF Codes assigned to them. Default syst em values are *72 ( Invite Participant) and #72 ( Disconnect Invited Particip ant ), however you can en ter your own v[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 610 External IVR Service Control IVR Services can be contro lled externally fr om an application server supporting the MCCF-IVR (Media Control Channel F ramework-Interactive V oice Response) package. The external I VR service is currently being implemen ted with the integ ration of the Polyco m RealPresence Vir tualizat[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 61 1 Default IVR Prompt s and Messages The system is shipped with the following audio prompt s and messages: Default IVR Messages Message T ype Message T ext When Play ed File Name General Welcome Message Welcome to unified conferencing. T he particip ant enters the conference IVR queue General_Welcome.wav Chairperso n [...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 612 Chairperson Exit The chairp erson has left the conference . Note: The TERMINA T E_CONF_AFTER_CHAIR _DROPPED flag must be e nabled to play this message. The chairperson has left the conference. Chairperson_Exit.wav First to Join Y ou are the first person to join the conference . The first participant joins a conferen[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 613 Change Password Failure The new password is invalid. A p articipant enters an invalid password Change_ Password_Fail ure.wav Password Changed Successfully The password has been successfully changed. A particip ant has confirmed a password change Password_ Changed_Successfully .wav Self Mute Y o u are now muted. A pa[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 614 Roll Call Review The conference participant s are... Roll_Call_ Review .wav Request Conference NID “Please enter your conference NID. Press the pound key when complete . Request_ Conference_NID.wav Retry Conference NID Invalid conference NID. Please try again. A particip ant enters an invalid conference NID Retry_[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 615 V olume Control of IVR Messages, Roll Call and Music The volume of IVR music, and IVR messages and Ro ll Call is controlled by the following system flags: ● IVR_MUSIC_VOLUME ● IVR_MESSAGE_VOLUME ● IVR_ROLL_CALL_VOLUM E T o control the volume of IVR music, Roll Call and me ssages: » Modify the values of the Sy[...]

IVR Services Polycom®, Inc. 616 IVR Services in TIP-Enabled Conferences Conference IVR and Entry Q ueue/Virtual Entry Qu eues are supported with A VC TIP protocol in conferences that include both TIP-en abled and non-TIP- enabled end points. A Virtual Entry Queue can be configured to either IVR Only Service Provider or External IVR Co ntrol mode. [...]

Polycom®, Inc. 617 Call Det ail Record (CDR) Utility The Call Detail Record (CDR) utility enables you to view summary info rmation about co nferences, and retrieve full confer ence information and archive it to a file. The file ca n be used to produce report s or can be exported to extern al billing programs. The Collaboration Ser ver can store de[...]

Call Detail Record (CDR) Utility Polycom®, Inc. 618 ● Formatted text – Formatted CDR files contain multiple sections . The first section in each file contains general conference dat a. The remaining sections contain e vent data, on e section for each event. Each field value is displayed in a sep arate line, together with it s name. This data c[...]

Call Detail Record (CDR) Utility Polycom®, Inc. 619 Enabling the Multi-Part CDR Option ● Multi-Part CDR is enable d by setting the value of ENABLE_MUL TI_P ART_CDR system flag to YES . The flag’s defa ult value is NO . When flag value is NO, CDR storage is limited to a single 1MB file. Further call da ta recording stops. T o modify the default[...]

Call Detail Record (CDR) Utility Polycom®, Inc. 620 V iewing, Retrieving and Archiving Conference Information Y ou can view the list of CDR files and retrieve them to your local workst ation. These files can then be used to generate billing informa tion, resource usage r eports and more by any third party application. V iewing the Conf erence Reco[...]

Call Detail Record (CDR) Utility Polycom®, Inc. 621 Multi-p art CDR File displa y When the Multi-Part CDR is configured o n the Collaboration Server, an additional column, Part Index is added to the CDR list. The Part Index column disp lays the CDR file’s sequence in the CDR file set: ● CDRs up to 1MB consist of a single file. Each file has a [...]

Call Detail Record (CDR) Utility Polycom®, Inc. 622 ● Files included in a Multi-Part CDR file sets have the same Display N ame. The first file of the set is numbered 1 with each additional CDR file numbered in an ascending numeric seque nce. Refreshing the CDR List If the CDR file list remains constant too long, you can refresh the lis t to view[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 623 Gateway Calls The RealPresence Co llaboration Server (RMX) can be used as a gateway that pr ovi des connectivity across differ ent physical networks and translates multiple protocols for point -to-point rich media c ommunicatio ns. The Collaboration Server supp orts a range of video and a udio algorithms. It allows sites with di[...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 624 ● CDR files are generated for Ga teway Sessions in the same way as for conferen ces. ● Cascading. T o support cascading, the gateway indicates a lower number th an the MCU for master-slave relation ( directly or through DMA). ● Gateway calls are supported in Micr osoft and A vaya environments. ● If the ENAB[...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 625 When the call is connected, a new Ga teway Session is created and added to the o ngoing Conference s list. Dialing from H.323 End points The calling endpoints can dial to one, two or seve ral end points (up to ten) in one dialing string. Dialing S tring and Call Flow from H.32 3 End point to One, T wo or Three End [...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 626 T o invite two particip ants: SIP: 3456 and a PSTN part icipant whose num ber is 9251234, ente r: 912000*3456** 9251234. Dialing from SIP End points Dialing S tring and Call Flow from SIP End point to One, T wo or Three En d point s The calling en dpoint s can dial to one, two or several end points (up to ten) in o[...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 627 Optional: [GW Profile ID]*[Destination Number, first participant]*[Destination Number, second participant]**[destination number]......*[Destination Number, tenth participant]@IP address of the Collaboration Server signaling host Optional: [MCU prefix in SIP Proxy][GW Profile ID]*[Destination Number, first participa[...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 628 Once the particip ant is connecte d to the Gateway Profile and hears the IVR message requ esting the destination number , us ing the DTM F input key pad, the particip ant enters the number of the destination endpoin t followed by the # key . PSTN numbers are identified by an * before the n umber . For example, ente[...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 629 When the flag is set to NO (default), if the Gatekeeper is not func tionin g, the Collaboration Server dials to the endpo int using the end point’s IP addr ess configured in the IP Address field of the New Particip ant/Particip ant Properties - General dialog box. If no IP address is defined in the Partic ipant P[...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 630 When the flag is set to NO (default), if the Gateke eper is not func tioning, calls from endpoints will be connected directly to the Entry Queue, Co nference or Meeting Room that was dialed. The method by which dial-in calls are accepted or rejected is dependant on the flag value and the availability of the Gatekee[...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 631 ISDN Particip ants T wo dialing meth ods are availa ble to ISDN/PSTN participants: ● Dialing via Gateway IVR for ISDN Participants ● Direct Dial-in to Endpoints or DMA VMR using Automatically Generat ed Destination Numbers . In addition, PSTN particip ants can dial the Gateway IVR and can use the MCU or DMA pre[...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 632 [GW Profile ISDN/PSTN number] - The dial-in number assigned to the Gateway Profile, including the required country and a rea codes. For example, if the dial-in numbe r assigned to the Ga te way Profile is 5705555, e nter this number with the appropriate area code: 21257 05555. Once the particip ant is connecte d to[...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 633 Call Flow from IS DN End point to H.32 3 End point with Automatically Gene rated Forwarded Dial S tring For example: ● The ISDN prefix is 9251. ● The dial in number range d efined in the ISDN Network Service can be 1 00 to 400 (that is, 9251 100 to 9251400). ● The dial in numbers assigned to the Gateway Profi[...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 634 Configuring the Gateway Component s on the Collaboration Server T o enable gateway calls in the Collaboration Server, the followin g component s have to be configured: ● Conference IVR Service to be used with the Conferen ce Profile assigned to the Gateway Profile. The IVR Services ar e used for Gateway IVR co nn[...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 635 6 Click the General tab. The General dialog box list s messages that are played during the conference. These messa ges are played when particip ants or the conference chairperson perform various operations or wh en a change occu rs. 7 T o assign the appro priate audio file to the message type, click the appropria t[...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 636 11 When defining a gateway IVR Service, it is recommended that the Roll Call option rema ins disabled. 12 Click the Vi de o Se r vi c es tab. The New Confere nce IVR Service - V ideo Services dialog box opens. 13 Define the following parameters: 14 Click the DTMF Codes ta b. The New Conference IVR Service - DTM F C[...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 637 18 Click OK to complete the IVR Service defin ition. The new Conference IVR Service is added to th e IVR Services list. Defining the Conference Profile for Gateway Calls The Conference Profile that will be la ter assigned to the Ga teway Profile de termine the parameters of the gateway call, such as the line rate a[...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 638 Defining the Gateway Profile A Gateway Pro file is a conf erencing entit y , b ased on the Conference Pr ofile assigned to it, that enables endpoints to dial-in and initiate Gate way Sessions. The system is shipped with a default Gateway Profile, named Default_GW_Session . When an endpoin t calls the Gateway Profil[...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 639 The new Gateway Profile is added to the list. System Configuration For details abo ut adding and modifying system flags, see . Displaying the Connection Information Y ou can hide the connection indications displayed on th e p a rticip ant’ s screen during the connection phase by changing the system configurati on[...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 640 Wro ng Destination Number ● The number of re-dial attempt s is controlled by the WRO NG_NUMBER_DIAL_RETRIES system flag . The default number of redial attempt s is 3 . T o modify the numbe r of redial attemp ts, manually add the flag to system.cfg and set its value to th e number of redial attempt s required. The[...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 641 Disconnect on Busy Redialing of calls to busy destination can be selected . The numbe r of redial attempt s is dependent on the NUMBER_OF_REDIAL system flag, the default value is 3 . If all redialing retry attemp ts fail, the user receives the Disconnect on Busy message in th e form of Busy T one. The call is then [...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 642 If the system dials out to only one de stination end point, the dialed number is not shown, only the conne ction status. If the destination endpoint is ISDN, the system displa ys the connection progress in percentages, where the percentages repre sent various stages in the conn ection process as follows: ● Up to [...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 643 Connected Participant Parameters Once this conference is created, th e calling participant is connected to it and one or s everal dial-out particip ant(s) are automatically created and added to th is gateway session. The dial-in p articipant is also identified as the chairperson of the confer ence. The connecting ([...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 644 Direct Dialing from ISDN/PSTN End point to IP End point via a Meeting Room Dialing from an ISDN endpoint to a sp ecific IP endpoin t using the Gateway Profile is a two-step process (dialing to the Gatewa y and then entering th e number of the destination IP end point). When dialing to specific IP endpoint s you can[...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 645 ▪ ISDN/PSTN access is enabled and a dial-in number is assigned to the Meeting Room.  The dial-out IP end point is added to the Meetin g Room’ s Participan ts list.[...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 646 Dialing to Polycom® RealPresence DMA System T wo dialing methods are available to ISDN/PSTN pa rticipant s calling the DMA: ● Direct with au tomatically g enerated destin ation dial str ings from d ial-in string s. This option is available only to Collaboration Serve rs with MPMx cards. ● Via Gateway IVR. In a[...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 647 Calling the RealPresence DMA via Gateway IVR Audio PSTN/ISDN calls can be routed to Polycom DMA 7000 via the Collaboration Server. ISDN Video endpoint s connect using their audio channels (but consume video r esources). The RealPresence DMA system enables load b alancing and the distribution of multipoint calls on [...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 648 This string is compose d of the RealPresence DMA prefix as r egistered in the gatekeeper an d the ID of the virtual meeting room running on the RealPres ence DMA. For exam ple, if the DMA prefix is 25 and the targe t meeting room ID is 8000 the p articipant enters 2 58000 followed by the # key . The Collaboration S[...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 649 Example: The figure above shows the call flow assuming the following p arameters: PSTN Dial-in Using GK Prefix When connecting to an Collabor ation Server that is st andalone or p art of a DMA solution deployment, PSTN particip ants are prompted by a n IVR message requesti ng the Destination Conference ID followed [...]

Gateway Calls Polycom®, Inc. 650 Deploying a Polycom RMX™ Serial Gateway S4GW UC APL Public Key Infrast ructure (PKI) re quires that the Se rial Gateway S4G W be connecte d directly to the Collaboration Server and not to the H.323 network. The Serial Gateway e ffectively becomes an additional module of the Collabora tion Server, with all web and[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 651 RMX Manager Application The RMX Manager is the Windows version o f the Collaboratio n Server W eb Client. It can be used instead of the Collaboration Server Web Clie nt for routine Collaborat ion Server management and for Collaboration Server management via a mod em connection. For more information on using th e RMX Manager via [...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 652 Guidelines ● The Collaboration Server Inst allation and First Entry Configuration must be completed before installing the RMX Ma nager application. For more det ails, see the Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/18 00/2000/4000 Getting S tarted Guide . ● When upgrading the RMX Ma nager[...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 653 2 Click Inst all . The installer verifies the applicatio n’s req uirements o n the workst ation. 3 Continue the Inst allation as descr ibed in Installing the RMX Manager on Y our Workstation . Downloading the Inst allation fi les from Poly com Support Site 1 Access the Polycom web site at http://www .po[...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 654 Accessing the RMX Manager In st aller from the Login screen 1 S tart Internet Explorer and co nnect to one of the Collaboration Server unit s in your site. It is recommended to connect to the Co llaboration S erver installed with the latest software version. The Login screen is displayed. There is a link [...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 655 The installatio n proceeds. The installation completes, the application loads and the RMX Manager - MCUs screen is displayed. The first time you start the RMX Manager application , the MCUs pane is empty .[...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 656 Inst alling the RMX Manager for Multi-User Cap ability The RMX Manager can be inst alled to be available to all users of a shared computer during th e initial installation. The following procedure is performed af ter downloading the RM X Manager from the Polycom Support website. T o inst all the RMX Manag[...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 657 4 Click Next . 5 Select Everyone to install the RMX Manager fo r all users sharing the computer . (Select Just me to install the RMX Manager just for the cu rrent user .) 6 Click Next .[...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 658 The installatio n begins. When the installation is complete, a confirmation window is displayed. 7 Click Close to close the RMX Manager installer . The installation is complete. S t arting the RMX Manager Application Once installed, the RMX Ma nager can be run usin g the http:// (non-secured ) or https://[...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 659 T o use the browser: 1 In the browser ’s command line, enter: http://<MCU Control Unit IP Address>/RMXManager.html or https://<MCU Control Unit IP Address>/RMXManager.html 2 Press Enter . T o use the Windows S t art menu: 1 Click St art > Programs. a If the RMX Manager is displayed in the[...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 660 Connecting to the MCU Once an MCU is defined, the RMX Manager can be connect ed to it. This allows you to set up conferences, make reservations, moni tor On Going Conferen ces and perform other activities on several MCUs. T o connect the RMX Manager to an MCU: 1 In the MCUs pane o r screen, use one of the[...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 661 3 T o add the user name and passwor d to the MCU properties so you will not have to enter them each time you login to the M CU, make sure that the Remember Login check box is selected. Otherwise, clear the Remember Login check box. 4 Click OK . The system connects to the Collaboration Server , and the RMX[...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 662 For each listed MCU, the system displays the following information: ● MCU Display Name - the name of the MCU and it s icon according to its type and connection st atus. The following ic ons are av ailable: MCU Icons an d St atuses ● IP Address - of the MCU’s control unit. ● Stat us - The status of[...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 663 ● Video Resources - The number of video resources that ar e available for conferencing. ● Audio Resources - The numbe r of audio resource s that are available for confer encing (applicable to Collaboration Server 1 500/2000/4000 in MPMx Car d Configuration Mode only). Use Other RMX Manager UI Compone [...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 664 2 Define the following parameters: MCU Properties Field Description MCU Name Enter the name of the MCU on the network. MCU IP Enter the IP address of the MCU’s Control Unit. The IP address must be identical to the one configured in the MCU during first entry Configuration. Port Enter the numbe r of the [...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 665 3 Click OK . The MCU is added to the MCUs pane. 4 If required, repeat step s 1-3 to define additional Collaboration Server unit s. The MCUs pane cont ains the list of all defined MCUs. Grouping the Particip ants by MCU The Participan ts can be grouped by MCU and the n by conferences. T o chang e the displ[...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 666 ● On the Collaboration Server menu , click V iew > Group by MCU . The Particip ants pane display changes accordingly . T o toggle between the two display modes, click V iew > Group by MCU. S t art Monitoring/Stop Monitoring By default, all conferen ces running on conn ected Collaboration Servers a[...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 667 » T o start monitoring ag ain, click the check box in the Monitored column in the MCUs pane , or right-clicking the MCU icon and selecting S t art Monitoring . Modifying the MCU Properties Y ou can view the currentl y defined MCU settings, and modi fy them when required, for exam ple, change the MCU name[...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 668 b Right-click the MCU icon and then click Remove MCU . A confirmation message is displayed. 2 Click OK to confirm or Cancel to abort the operation. The MCU icon is removed from the MCUs p ane. Changing the RMX Manager Language Y ou can change the languag e of the RMX Manager me nus a nd dialog boxes. Only[...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 669 T o Export the RMX Manager Configuration: 1 In the RMX Manager, click Export RMX Manager Configuration in the toolbar , or right-c lick anywhere in the MCUs pane and then click Export RMX Manag er Configuratio n . The Export RMX Manager Configuration d ialog box opens. 2 Click Browse to select the locatio[...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 670 Inst alling RMX Manager in Secure Communication Mode The RMX Manager cannot be downloa ded from an MCU ope rating in Secure Commu nication Mode, without a valid TLS certificate. The following p rocedure de scribes how to obtain a TLS c ertificate an d download th e RMX Mana ger from the MCU op erating in [...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 671 c Click on the Security tab. The Security dialog b ox is displayed. d Clear the Secured Commu nicati on check box. 2 Click the DNS ta b. The DNS dialog box is displayed. 3 Enter the Local Domain Name . The Local Domain Name must be the same as the MCU Host Name . If the content of these two fields are not[...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 672 4 Create a Certificate Request. For more informa tion, see Purchasing and Installing a Certificate . Certificates can also be created and issued using an I nternal Certificate Authority . For more informati on see Using an Internal Certifica te Authority . 5 Install the certificate. For more informa tion,[...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 673 The Management Network Propert ies dialog box is displayed. c Click the Security tab. The Security dialog box is displayed. d Select the Secured Communication check box.[...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 674 e Click OK . 7 Reset the Collaboration Server: a In the RMX Management pane, click Hardware Monitor . The Hardware Monitor p ane is displayed. b Click Reset () . 8 Install the RMX Mana ger. For mo re informa tion see Installing the RMX Manager Application . Using an Internal Ce rtificate Authority If your[...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 675 4 Click the Copy to File button. The Certificate Export Wizard is displayed. 5 Click Next . The Export File Format dialog box is displayed. 6 Select Base-64 encoded X.509 (.CER) . 7 Click Next . The File to Export dialog box is displayed.[...]

RMX Manager Application Polycom®, Inc. 676 8 In the File Name field, enter the file name for the exported certificat e. 9 Click Next . The final Certificate Export Wizard dialog box is dis played. 10 Click Finish . The successful export message is displayed. 11 Click OK .[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 677 Use the RMX W eb Client Y ou can manage or m onitor a Polycom RealPresen ce Collaboration Server with the RMX Web Client application, using Internet Explorer inst alled on your workst ation, or using RMX Manager application. The RMX Manager is the Windows version of the RMX We b Client. For more information, see RMX Manager Appl[...]

Use the RMX Web Client Polycom®, Inc. 678 T o sta rt the Collaboration Server W eb Client: 1 In your browser address lin e, enter http:// < Control Unit IP Address> and press the Ente r key . The Login screen is displayed . 2 Enter your User Name and Password and click the Login button. If the default User name and p a ssword were not change[...]

Use the RMX Web Client Polycom®, Inc. 679 RMX W e b Client Screen Component s The RMX Web Clie nt main screen consists of the following p anes: ● Conference List ● St a t u s B a r ● List Pane ● Address Book ● Collaboration Server Man agement ● Conference T emplates T ab Y ou can login as a user with Chairp erson, Operator or Admin ist[...]

Use the RMX Web Client Polycom®, Inc. 680 For more information on users and permissions, see Collaboration Server Users . Viewing and System Permissions Authorization Level Chairperson Operator Administrator Viewing Permissions Conference List   List pane   Address Book pane   Conference T emplates pa ne  S tatus B[...]

Use the RMX Web Client Polycom®, Inc. 681 Conferences List If you are logged in as a User with Operator or Administrator p ermissions: The Conferences p ane lists all the confe rences currently running on the MCU along with their Statu s , Conference ID , Start Tim e and End Time dat a. The number of ongoing conferences is displayed as the title o[...]

Use the RMX Web Client Polycom®, Inc. 682 ● A Chairperson Password column is included in the conference data. List Pane The List pan e displays details of the item selected in the Conferences pane or RMX Management p ane . The title of the pane changes accord ing to the selected it em . Example: When an ong oing confer ence is select ed on the C[...]

Use the RMX Web Client Polycom®, Inc. 683 System Alert s This view is available to Operators and Administrators. This is a list of system problems. The alert indicator flashes red when at least on e system alert is active. The flashing continues until a user with Operator or Admin istrator permission re views the list. The System Alert s pane is o[...]

Use the RMX Web Client Polycom®, Inc. 684 Port Usage Gauges The Port Usage Gauges are displaye d in the S tatus Bar at the bott om of the RMX Web Client screen. In the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 150 0/2000/40 00, the Port Usage gauge s displays for the selected MCU: ● The total numbe r of Video or V oice port s in the system accordi[...]

Use the RMX Web Client Polycom®, Inc. 685 Port Gauges - RealPresence Collabora tion Server 1800 and RealPres ence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000/4000 with MPMRx cards The basic unit used for rep orting resource usage in the Port Gauges is HD720 p30. Results a re rounded to the nearest integer . MCU S t ate This view is available to Chairper sons,[...]

Use the RMX Web Client Polycom®, Inc. 686 The Address Book toolbar con tains a Quick Search field and the following six buttons: ● New Participant ● New Group ● Delete Participant ● Delete Group ● Import Address Book ● Export Address Boo k The Navigation p ane of the Address Book cont ains the following types of lists: ● Hierarchical[...]

Use the RMX Web Client Polycom®, Inc. 687 The Address Book p ane closes and a tab appears at the right edge of the screen. Click the tab to re-open the Address Book. Conference T emplates Conference T emplates enable administrators a nd operat ors to create, save, schedule an d activate identical conference s. A Conference T emplate: ● Saves the[...]

Use the RMX Web Client Polycom®, Inc. 688 Clicking the tab opens the Co nference T emplates list pane. Hide the Conf erence T emplates list pane by clicking the anchor pin bu tton in the top right co rner of the pan e. The Conference T emplates list pane closes and a t ab appears in the top right corner of the screen. Customizing the Main Screen Y[...]

Use the RMX Web Client Polycom®, Inc. 689 T o restore the RealPresence Collaboration Server display window to it s default configuration: » On the system menu, click View > Restore RMX Display Defaults . Increasing and Decr easing the T ext Size Y ou can increase or decrease the text s ize of the RMX Web Client window s for easier readability [...]

Use the RMX Web Client Polycom®, Inc. 690 T o move items within and between the Freque ntly Used and Rarely Used sections: 1 In the RMX Management pane, drag th e icon of the item you wish to move to the desir ed position. An indicator line ( ) appe ars indicating the new position of th e icon.[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 691 Administration and Utilities System and Particip ant Alert s The MCU alerts user s to any faults or errors th e MCU encountered during operation. T wo indication bars labeled System Alert s and Participant Alert s signal users of system errors by blinking red in the even t of an alert. Collaboration Server 1500/1800 /2000/4000 S[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 692 System Alert s System Alerts are activated when the system e ncounters errors such as a g eneral or card error . The system errors are reco rded by the Collabora tion Server and can be generated into a report that can be saved in *.txt format. T o view the System Alert s list: 1 Click the red blinki[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 693 For more information ab out the Active Alarms, see Appendix B - Active Alarms . 2 Click one of the following buttons to view its report in the System Alert s pan e: Active Alarms Pane Columns Field Description ID An identifying number assigned to the system alert. Ti m e Lists the local date and tim[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 694 3 T o save the Active Alarms, Faults Full List or Fault s report:  T o a text file, click Save to T ext .  T o an XML file, click Save to XML . The Save dialog window opens. 4 Select a destination folder , and enter the file name. 5 Click Save . Particip ant Alerts Participa nt Alerts enables [...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 695 RMX T ime T o ensur e accurate co nference sc heduling, th e MCU has an internal clock that can function in standal one mode, or in synchronization with up to th ree Netwo rk T ime Protocol (NTP) servers. NTP Servers c an be used if : ● NTP servers use V ersion 4 as it is the only su pported prot [...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 696 GMT Offset The time zone difference between Greenwich and the MCU’s physical location in hours and minutes. Select the Up or Down arrows to alter the GMT Offset time on the MCU. T o enter a negative offset either type a minus in the hour box or use the down arrow and decrease the offset below zero[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 697 Resource Management This section describes how the MCU reso urces are managed by the MCU and how they are used by the MCU to conn ect participant to confer ences. This section describes: ● Resource Capacity ● A VC Conferencing - V oice ● Vide o/V oice Port Configur ation - MPMx ● Displaying [...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 698 Resource Usage in A VC CP Conferencing Vide o resource s usage varies according to the video re solution used by the endpoints. The hi gher the video resolution (quality), the grea ter the amo unt of video resources consume d by the MCU. The followin g table shows the n umber of v ideo reso urces us[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 699 Resource Usage in SVC Confere ncing During a SVC co nference, e ach SVC-endpoint uses a video po rt that is equ ivalent to a t hird of HD720p 30 port. When sharing conten t an additional video re source is used. MCU Cap acities in Mixed CP and SVC Conferencing In a mixed CP and SVC conference , vide[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 700 The ratio of resources in a mixed conference is one A VC HD (720p30) video resource to thre e SVC video resources, meaning for each A VC HD video resource, thr ee SVC video resources can be allocated. For example, in a mixed A VC/SVC conference, 10 HD A VC ports and 30 SVC port s can be used, mainta[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 701 Resource Usage in A VC CP Conferencing Vide o resource s usage varies according to the video re solution used by the endpoints. The hi gher the video resolution (quality), the gr eater the amount o f video resources consumed by the MCU. For information on resource usag e vs. resolution, see Polycom [...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 702 Flexible Resource Capacity™ is the allocation mode that is used in a ll v ersions and can be used in all Card Configuration Modes and a pplies to all Conferencing Modes (SVC and A VC conferencing). The resources are only set to audio and video as a pool and the sys tem allocates the resources a cc[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 703 Configuring the Video/V oice Resources T o allocate V oice resources: 1 In the RMX menu, select Setup > Video/V oice Port Configuration . The V i deo/V oice Port Configuration dial og box is displayed. A slider is displayed, calibra ted according to the numb er of HD720p30 video licenses purchase[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 704 system to allocate one CI F video resource to CMAD and VSX endp oint s while HDX endpoints can connect using SD or HD video resources. Once the endpoin t connects to the conference, it s ty pe is identified by the Co llaboration Server and, if applicable, the Collaboration Server will connect it usi[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 705 Displaying the Resource Report 1 In the main toolbar , select Administration > Resource Report . For each resource type, the Resource Repo rt includes the following columns: Resource Report for Collaboration Servers 1500 and 2000/4000 with MPMx The Resource Report details the cu rrent availabilit[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 706 The Resource Report is displayed as fo llows: Resource usage is displayed for V oice and Video resources, where th e number of video resources is represented in the equ ivalent of HD720p30 re sources. The number represent s a pool of both A VC and SVC resources. They are displayed as perc e ntages o[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 707 The actual number of occupied or free resources ca n also be disp layed by moving the cursor ove r the columns of the bar graph. Moving the cursor over th e Video bar displays the following view: Port Gauge The Port Gauge in the S tatus Bar show the numbers as they appear in the resource report. In [...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 708 Resource Cap acities in A VC CP , SV C and Mixed Mode Conferences i n MPMx Card Configuration Mode When viewing the Collaboratio n Server resource report for mixed CP and SVC confe rences, the resource allocations are described in A VC HD720 p30 units. A port ratio of 1 A VC HD port will equal 2 A V[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 709 Listed are the resource cap acities for diff erent syst em configurations, licenses, and conferencin g modes. Resource Cap acity in Non-Mixed Conferences The port consumption ra tios of dif fer ent calls against that of a HD 720 p30 call are as shown in this t able. In other word s, to make a108 0p6[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 710 Collaboration Server 2000/4000 Resource Cap a city The Collaboration Server Mode ls 2000/4000 Re source Capa cities are set out below . Resource Cap acity in Non-Mixed Conferences The port consumption ra tios of dif ferent calls agains t that of a HD720p 30 call ar e as shown in this table . In othe[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 71 1 If the conference bit rate is above 128Kbp s but does no t match any of the bonded bit rates, part icipant s are connected at the highest bonded bit rate that is less than the conference bit rate. For example: If the conference bit rate is 1024Kbps, the p articipant is connected at 768Kbp s MCU Res[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 712 ● An ongoing conference that doe s not include par ticipan ts and the Send Conten t to Leg acy Endpoint s option is disabled does not occupy resources. If the Send Content to Legacy End points option is enabled, the conference occupies one SD resource. Port Usage Threshold The Collaboration Server[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 713 2 Enter the value for the percen tage cap acity usage threshold . The value is ap plied to the Audio an d video resources accord ing to the Video/V oice Port Configuration. The high Port Usage thresho ld represent s a percent age of the total num ber of video or voice port s available. It is set to [...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 714 Port Usage Gauges The Port Usage Gauges are displaye d in the S tatus Bar at the bott om of the RMX Web Client screen. Port Usage Gauges In the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 150 0/2000/40 00, the Port Usage gauge s displays for the selected MCU: ● The total numbe r of Video or V oice por[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 715 Port Gauges - RealPresence Collabora tion Server 1800 and 200 0/4000 with MPMRx The basic unit used for repor ting resource usage in the Port Gauges is HD720p 30. Results ar e rounded to the neare st integer .[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 716 System Information System Information includes License Information and g eneral system in formation, such as system memory size and Media Card Conf iguration Mode. T o view the System Information prope rties box: » On the Collaboration Server menu , select Administra tion > System Informa tion .[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 717 SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) SNMP enables managing and monitor ing of the MCU st atus by external manag ing systems, such as HP OpenVi ew or through web applications. The Collaboration Server’ s implementation of SNMPv3 is FIPS 140 compliant. MIBs (Management Information Base) MIBs ar[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 718 Support for MI B-II Sections The following table deta ils the MIB-II sections that are supported: The Alarm-MIB MIB used to send alarms. When a trap is sent, the Alarm-MIB is used to send it. H.341-MIB (H. 341 – H.323) ● Gives the addre ss of the gatekeep er . ● Supports H.341-MIB of SNMP even[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 719 Unified MIB The Collaboration Server use s the Poly com Unified MIB, in addition to the RMX specific MIB. The Polycom Unified MIB is an MIB that is used by many Polycom products. The fo llowing ta ble describes the in formation provided by the Collaboration Server in th e Unified MIB. MP-MIB (H323-M[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 720 ServiceH323 In teger Indicates the status of H.323 ca pabilities: 1 - The service is enab led and operational. 2 - The service is enabled bu t is not operational. 3 - The service is disabl ed. ServiceSIP Integer Indicates the status of SIP capabilities: 1 - The service is enab led and operational. 2[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 721 Tr a p s Three types of traps ar e sent as follows: ● ColdSt art trap . This is a standard trap which is sent when the MCU is reset. An Example of a ColdSt art T rap ● Authentica tion failur e trap . This is a standard trap which is sent when an un authorized community tries to enter . An Exampl[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 722 Each trap is sent with a time stamp , the agent address, an d the manager address. St atus T rap The MCU send s status traps for the status MAJOR - a t rap is sent whe n the card/M CU status is MAJOR . All traps are co nsidered MAJOR. RMX MIB entities that do not generate traps. The following table [...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 723 51 1 0 A private version is loaded 51 1 1 NTP synchronization failure 51 1 2 Invalid date and time 51 1 6 Incorrect Ethernet Settings 51 1 7 Smart Report found errors on hard di sk 51 1 8 Invalid MCU V ersion 5150 Music fi le error 5205 Unsp ecified problem 5207 Uni t not responding 5209 Fa iled to [...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 724 Defining the SNMP Parameters in the Collaboration Server The SNMP option is enabled via the Coll aboration Server Web Client application. The addresses of the Ma nagers monitoring the MCU and other security info rmation are defined in the Collaboration Server Web Cli ent application and are sa ved o[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 725 9 Select the Tr a p s ta b. The SNMP Properti es – T rap s dialog bo x opens. T raps are messages sent by the MCU to the SNMP Mana gers when event s such as MCU S tartup o r Shutdo wn occur . T raps may be se nt to sever al SNMP Managers wh ose IP addresse s are specified in the T rap Destinatio n[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 726 10 Define the following parameters: SNMPv3 - T raps Field Description SNMP T rap V ersion S pecifies the version, ei ther V ers io n 1 2 or 3 of the traps being sent to the IP Host. Polycom software supports the standard SNMP version 1 and 2 trap s, which are taken from RFC 12 15, convention for de [...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 727 11 Click Add to add a new Manager terminal. Depending on the SNMP T rap V ersion selected, one of the two following New T rap Destination dialog boxes ope ns. 12 Define the following parameters: SNMPv3 - T raps Field Description Ve r s i o n IP Address Enter th e IP address of the SNMP trap recipien[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 728 13 Ty p e t h e IP Address and the Community name of the manager terminal used to monitor th e MCU activity , and then click OK . The Community name is a string of characters that will be ad ded to the message t hat is sent to the external Man ager terminals. Th is string is used to identify the mes[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 729 14 Select the Security tab. The SNMP Properti es – Security dialo g box opens. This dialog box is used to define whether the query se nt to the MCU is sent from an authorized source. When the Accept SNMP packet s f rom all Hosts is disabled, a valid query must cont ain the appropriate commun ity s[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 730 15 Define the following parameters: SNMP - Security Field Descrip tion Send Authentication Tr a p Select this check box to send a message to the SNMP Manager when an unauthorized query is sent to the MCU. When cleared, no indication will be sent to the SNMP Manager. V ersions 1 & 2 Accept Host C[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 731 16 T o specifically define one or more valid terminals, ensure that th e Accept SNM P Packet s from any Host option is cleared, and click Add . The Accepted Ho st IP Address dialog bo x opens. 17 Enter the IP Address of t he Manager terminal fro m which valid queries may be sent to the MCU, and then[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 732 Audible Alarm Permissions An operator/administrator can configure the Request Operator Assistance audible alarm, howe ver Users with different authorization level ha ve dif ferent configurat ion capabilities as shown in the following t able. Stop Repeating Message The Collaboration Ser ver User can [...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 733 2 Define the following parameters: 3 Click OK . Replacing the Audi ble Alarm File Each Collaboration Server is shipped with a defaul t tone file in *.wav format that plays a specific tone wh en participants request Operator As sistan ce. This file ca n be replac ed by a *.wav file with your own reco[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 734 T o replace the Audio file on the Collabor ati on Server Client or RMX Manager: 1 On the Collaboration Server menu , select Setu p > Audible Alarms > Download Audible Ala rm File . The Download Audible Alarm File w indow ope ns. 2 Click Browse to select the audio file (*.wav) to download. The [...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 735 T o customize the Multilingual Setting: 1 On the Collaboration Server menu , select Setup > Cust omize Display Settings > Multilingual Setting . The Multilingual Setting d ialog box is displayed. 2 Select the check boxes of the lan guages to be available for selection. 3 Click OK . 4 Log out f[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 736 The Banner Configuration dialog box allows the adminis trator to select a Login Banner from a drop- down menu. One of the following Login Banners can be selected: ● Non-Modifiable Banners  Sample 1  Sample 2  Sample 3  Sample 4 ● Modifiable Banner  Custom (Def ault) Guidelines ●[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 737 − The USG routinely intercep ts and monitors communications o n this IS for purposes including, but not limited t o, penetration testing, COMSEC m onitoring, network operations and defense, per sonnel misconduct (PM), law enfo rcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) inv estigations. − At any [...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 738 Customizing Banners The Login and Main Scree n banners can be customized to display conference information, as sistance information or warn ing text as required in the Ultra Secure Mo de. T o customize the banners: 1 In the Collaboration Server menu, select Setup > Customize Display Settings >[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 739 Banner Display Login Screen Banner The Login screen banner can displa y any text, for exam ple the terms and condi tions for system usage. The default text is that requir ed in Ultra Secure Mode. The user must ackn owledge that the infor mation was read and click Accept to proceed to the Log in scre[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 740 Main Screen Banner The Main Screen ban ner is displayed at the bottom of the screen: When the Collaboration Server is configur ed to work in Ultra Secure Mode, such as the Ma ximum Security environment, the display banner include s the following default text: THIS IS A DOD SYSTEM AND IS SUBJECT TO M[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 741 Sof tware Management The Software Management menu is used to ba ckup an d restore the Collaboration Ser ver's configuration files and to download MCU software. Backup and Restore Guidelines ● Direct access to the Collaboration Server file system is disabled in both Ultra Secure Mode and stand[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 742 Using Sof t ware Management T o backup configuration files: 1 On the Collaboration Server menu , select Administra tion > Sof t ware Management > Backup Configuration . The Backup Configu ration dialog bo x opens. 2 Click Browse . The Browse T o Fi le dialog box open s. 3 Select the Backup Dir[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 743 Ping the Collaboration Server The Ping administration tool enables the Collaboration Se rver Signaling Host to test ne twork connectivity by Pinging IP ad dresses. Guidelines ● The IP addressing mode can be either IPv4 or IPv6. ● Both explicit IP addresses and Host Names are supported. ● The C[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 744 Notification Settings The Collaboration Ser ver can display no tifications when: ● A new Collaboration Server user connect s to the MCU. ● A new conference is st arted. ● Not all defined particip ants are connected to the co nference or when a single particip ant is connected. ● A change in [...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 745 2 Enable/Disable All Notifications or Custom to select specific notifications to display . 3 Click OK . Logger Diagnostic Files The Logger utility is a tr oubleshooting tool tha t continually records MCU system messages and saves them to files in the MCU hard drive. For ea ch time inter val defined [...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 746 When retrieve d, the log file name structure is as follows: ● Sequence num ber (starting with 1 ) ● Date and T ime of first message ● Date and T ime of last message ● File size ● S pecial info rmation ab out the da ta, such as S tartup File name structure: Log_SNxxxxxxxxxx_FMDddmmyyy_ FMTh[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 747 4 Click Retrieve Files . The log files (in *.txt format) are save d to the de fined directory and a confirmation caption box is displayed indicating a successful retrieval of the log files. T o View the Logger File s: T o analyze the log files gene rated by the system, open th e retrieved *.txt file[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 748 The data co llected is saved into a single compr essed file containin g all the information from each system component in its relative format (.txt, .xml, etc.). In case the disk is malfunctioning, the f ile will be written to the RAM (involves only a small amount of informatio n where the RAM size [...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 749 Using the Information Collector When the Information Collector is used the following step s are performed: ● Ste p 1: Creating the Information Collector file. ● Ste p 2 : Saving the Information Collector file. ● Ste p 3: Vie w i ng the information in the In formation Collector file. Step 1: Cr[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 750 2 In the From Date and Until Date fields, use the arrow keys to define the date rang e of the data files to be included in the compressed file. 3 In the From T ime and Until Time fields, use the ar row keys to define the time range of the dat a files to be included in the compressed file. 4 Select t[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 751 Step 3: V iewing th e Compressed File The compressed file is saved in .tgz format and c an be viewed with any ut ility that can open files of that format, for example WinRAR® 3.80. T o view the compressed file: 1 Navigate to the direc tory on the work station in which the file was saved. 2 Double c[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 752 ● The current auditor event file’ s age exceeds 24 hours Up to 1000 auditor event files are sto red per Collabora tion Server. These files are retained fo r at least one year and require 1.05 GB of disk sp ace. The files are auto matically deleted by th e system (oldes t first) when the system r[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 753  Last Message – Date and time of the last audit event in the file  Start U p :  T rue – File was created when the system was started  False – File was created wh en previous audit event file reached a size of 2 MB or was more than 24 hours old  File Retrieved :  T rue - File [...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 754 T o open the Auditor File Viewer from the Administration Menu: 1 On the Collaboration Server menu , select Administra tion > T ools > Auditor File Viewer . The Auditor File V iewer is displayed. If you previously double clicked an Au ditor Event File in the Auditor File s list, that file is au[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 755 Auditor Event Columns Field Description Event ID The se quence number of the event gen erated by the Collaboration Server. Date & Time Th e date and time of the event take n from the Collaboration Serve r’s Local T i me setting. User Name The Username (Login Name) of the user who triggered the[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 756 The order of the Auditor File V i ewer field header columns can be changed and the fields can be sorted and filtered to facilit ate different analysis methods. 2 In the event list, click the events or use the keyboard’s Up and Down arrow keys to displa y the Request T ransaction and Response T ran[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 757 File system scan failure. File system space shortage. Internal MCU reset. Internal System configuration during startup. Invalid date and time. Invalid MCU V ersion. IP addresses of Signaling Host and Control Unit are the same . IP Network Service configuration modified. IP Network Service deleted. L[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 758 T ransactions T ransactions that are recorded by th e Auditor . The Log file system is disabled. The software contains patch(es). USB key used to change system configuration. User closed the browser User initiated MCU reset. T ransactions record ed by the Auditor T ransaction TRANS_CFG :SET_CFG TRAN[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 759 ActiveX Byp ass At sites that, for security reasons, do not permit Mi cros oft® ActiveX® to be installed, the MSI (Windo ws Installer File) utility can be used to install .NET Framework and .NET Security Settin gs components on worksta tions throughout th e network. All workstation that connect to[...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 760 2 Create a text file to be used during the inst allation cont aining the IP addresse s of all the Collaboration Server systems (bot h control unit and Shelf Management IP addresses) that ea ch worksta tion in the network is to connect to. The file must be named url_list.txt and must be saved in the [...]

Administration and Uti lities Polycom®, Inc. 761 When the Collaboration Serve r system is reset, during Collabo ration Server st artup the Progress Bar appears at the bottom of the Collaboration Server St a tu s pane, displaying the amount of time remaining f or the reset process to complete: The S tartup pr ogress is also indicated by a green bar[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 762 System Configuration Flags The system’ s overall behavior can be configured by modifying the defa ult val ues of the System Flags. Modifying System Flags T o modify system flags: 1 On the Collaboration Server menu , select Setup > Sys t em Configuration . The System Flags dialog op ens. 2 In the MCMS_P ARAMETERS_USER tab, t[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 763 6 Repeat steps 2–5 to modify additional flags. 7 Click OK to close the System Flags dialog . 8 If not otherw ise indicate d, reset the MCU for flag changes (including deletion) to take effect. For more information see Resetting th e Collaborati on Server . Manually Added and De leted System Flags MC[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 764 CONTENT_SPEAKER_INTRA_SUP PRESSION_IN_SECONDS This flag controls the requests to refr esh (intra) the cont ent sent from the Collaboration Server system to the c ontent sender as a result of refresh requests initiated by other conference particip a nts. Enter the interval in seconds between th e Intra[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 765 ENABLE_AUTO_EXTENSION When set to YES, allows conferences ru nning on the Collaboration Server to be automatically extende d as long as there are participant s connected and the system has free resources. Set this flag to NO prevent conferen ce duration from b eing automatically extende d. Default: YE[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 766 FORCE_SYSTEM_BROADCAST_V OLUME If set to YES, the level of broadcasting volume of the connected participant is value taken from the syste m flag SYSTEM_BROADCAST_VOLUM E. If set to NO (default), the bro adcasting volume level is 5 . FORCE_SYSTEM_LISTENING_VO LUME If set to YES, the level of listening [...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 767 ISDN_RESOURCE_POLICY The flag value determines h ow the ISDN B-channels within configured spans are allocated. The robustness of the ISDN netw ork can be improved b y allocating channels evenly (load ba lancing) among the spans, minimizing the effect of channel loss resulting from the malfunction of a[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 768 ITP_CROPPING If the conference is set to T ele Presence mode, cropping of the image is done according to this flag value: • ITP (default) - Cropping is done as follows:  Left/right sides: no cropping  T op/Bottom: the calculated are a to be stripped will be split and cropped equally from the t[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 769 IVR_MESSAGE_VOLUME The volume of IVR messages varies according to the value of this flag. Possible value range: 0-10 (Default: 6). 0 – disables playing the IVR me ssages 1 – lowest volume 10 – highest volume Notes : • It is not recommended to disable IVR messages by setting the flag value to 0[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 770 MAX_CP_RESOLUTION The MAX_CP_R ESOLUTION flag value is appl ied to the system during First T ime Power-on and after a syst em upgrade. The default value is HD1080. All subsequent changes to the Maximum CP Resolution of the system are made using the Resolution Configuration dia log box. Possible flag v[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 771 MCU_DISPLA Y _NAME The name of th e MCU that is displayed on the endpoint’s screen when connecting to the conference. Default: POL YCOM RealPresence Collaboration Server 1500/1800/2000/4000 (the last depend s on the product type ). MIN_P ASSWORD_LE NGTH The length of passwords. Possible value: betwe[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 772 NUM_OF_NUMERIC The minimum numb er of numeri c ch aracters required in a Logi n password in Ultra Secure Mo de. Default: 0 NUM_OF_SPECIAL_CHAR The mini mum number of special characters (asterisks, brackets, periods etc.) required in a L ogin password in Ultra Secure Mod e. Default: 0 NUM_OF_UPPER_CASE[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 773 NUMERIC_CONF_ID_MAX_LEN The maximum number of digits that the user can enter when manually assigning an ID to a conference. Range: 2-16 (Default: 8) Note: Selecting 2 limits the number of simultaneous ongoing conferences to 99. NUMERIC_CONF_ID_MIN_LEN The minimum nu mber of di gits that the user mu st[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 774 P AL_NTSC_VIDEO_OUTPUT When set to AUTO (default ), the video output sent by the Collab oration Server is either P AL or NTSC format, depending on the current speaker in the layout. This ensures full synchroni zation between the frame rate of the speaker and the video encoder , ensuring smoother video[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 775 RRQ_WITHOUT_GRQ T o enable registration, some gatekeepers require sen ding first RRQ and not GRQ. Set flag to YES , if this behavior is required by the gatekeep er in your environment. Default: NO . GRQ (Gatekeeper Request) - Gatekeeper discovery is the process an endpoint uses to determine which ga t[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 776 SYSTEM_LISTENING_VOLUME This value is used when the system flag FORCE_SYSTEM_LISTENING_VO LUME is set to YES. Determines the defaul t audio level wit h which the participants connects and receives audio from the conference. The volume scale is from 1 to 10, where 1 is the weakest and 10 is the stronge[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 777 T o add a flag: 1 In the System Flags dialog, click New Flag . The New Flag di alog box is displayed. 2 In the New Flag field enter the flag name. 3 In the Va l u e field enter the flag value. The flags in the Manually Added, Modified, De leted System Flags table can be manua lly added to the MCMS_P A[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 778 ALLOW_SIREN7_CODEC When a Ly nc server is configured to allow 33 Kbps audio rate, L ync clients connecting the MCU, and using audio rates smaller than 42Kbps, fail, thus disconnecting the call. T o prevent that, Siren7 audio codec is supported by the MCU, and is the preferred codec for SIP/L ync calls[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 779 BLOCK_CONTENT_LEGACY_FOR _L YNC This flag is used to control the s ystem beha vior in an environment where some L ync clients use the Polycom C CS plug-in and some do not. When set to NO (default), Content is sent to al l L ync clients over the vi deo channel, including th ose with the plug-in install[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 780 CASCADE_LINK_PLA Y_TONE_ON _CONNECTION When set to YES, the RealPresence Collaboration Serve r plays a tone when a cascading link betwe en conferences is established. The tone is played in both conferences. This tone is not played when the cascading lin k disconnects from the conferences. The tone use[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 781 CPU_BONDING_MODE Sets the Bonding Mode of the Signalling and Ma nagement network interface controllers. Mode=6, balance-alb, (Adaptive Load Balan cing) includes ba lance-tlb, (Transmit Load Balancing) and balance-rlb (Receive Load Balancing) fo r IPV4 traffic. No special switch support is required. Re[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 782 DISABLE_GW_OVERLA Y_INDICA T ION When set to NO (defaul t), displays p rogress ind ication du ring the connection phase of a gateway call. Set the value to YES to hide the connection indications displayed on the participant’ s screen during the conn ection phase of a gate way call. DISABLE_SELF_NETW[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 783 ENABLE_CONTENT_OF_768_FOR _1024_L V Generally , the content rate used for 1024 Kbps conferences with a Live Vid e o settings is 512 Kbps. Set this fl ag to YES, to increase the content rate in this scenario to 768 Kbp s. This flag is applicable for protocol s supporting H.264 media protocol usage: •[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 784 ENABLE_MS_FEC Enables the Microsoft FEC (Forward Error Correcti on) support for RTV . Range: Auto /No Default: Auto When set to Auto , FEC support is enabled. FEC use s the DV00 option (DV=00 - one FEC per frame using XOR). When set to No , FEC sup port is disabled. ENABLE_NO_VIDEO_RESOURCE S_AUDIO_ON[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 785 ENABLE_SIP_PPC_FOR_ALL_US ER_AGENT When set to YES, SIP People+Conte nt and BFCP capabilities are declared with all vendors’ endpoints. Default: YES Range: YES / NO ENABLE_SIRENLPR Enable / disable SirenLPR Audio Algorithm for use in IP (H.323, SIP) calls in both CP an d VSW conferences. Range: YES [...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 786 EXTERNAL_DB_DIRECTORY Appl icable to the Re alPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 only . The URL of the external database application . For the sample script application, the URL i s: <virtual directory>/SubmitQuery .asp EXTERNAL_DB_IP Appl icable to the RealPr esen ce Collaborat[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 787 FORCE_AUDIO_CODEC_FOR_MS _SINGLE_CORE This flag is used to force the use of a specific Audio algori thm when a Microsoft Office Communicator R2 or L y nc Client i s hosted on a workstation with a single core processor . The flag value overrides the default aud io algorithm selection (G .722 .1) that m[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 788 G728_ISDN Enables or disables declaration of G .728 Audio Algorithm capabilities in ISDN calls. Range: YES / NO Default: NO H239_FORCE_CAP ABILITIES When the flag is set to NO, the Collaboration Server only verifies that the endpoint supports the Content protocols: Up to H.264 or H.263. When set to YE[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 789 IGNORE_AIM Audio Indicate Muted (AIM) is Relevant to H.323 en dpoints. When an endpoint mutes its microphone, it does not necessarily mute its entire audio stream. This allows sharing of Content that inclu des audio while microphones are muted. When set to: NO - When the AIM signal is received, the pa[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 790 LPR_CONTENT_RA TE_ADJUST_ WEAK_LPR When LPR is initiated by an endpoin t in an A VC-CP conference due to experienced packet loss, the MCU reduces video rate (minimum is 64K) to avoid exceeding bandwidth. At times, further reduction is re quire d to pre serve the bandwidth, which is regulated by this s[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 791 MANAGE_TELEPRESENCE_ROO M_SWITCH_LA YOUTS Determines whether the MLA or the RMX co ntrols the Room Switch T elepresen ce Layouts. • When set to NO, the RMX does not manage T elep resence Room Switch Layouts and they continue to be managed by the MLA. • When set to YES, the RMX manage s T elepresen[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 792 MAXIMUM_RECORDING_LINKS The maximum number of Re cording Links availab le for selection in the Recording Links list and the Conference Pro file - Recording dialog box. Range: 1 - 100 Default: 20 MEDIA_NIC_MTU_SIZE The ma ximum dat a payload size (bytes) tr ansmitted in a single packet over the network[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 793 MS_PROXY_REPLACE Enables the proxy=replace para meter in the SIP Hea der . When set to YES the outbound proxy to replaces the contact information in the contact header with its own enabling other clients and servers to reach the cl ient using the proxy's IP address, even if the clie nt is behind [...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 794 P A SSWORD_F AILURE_LIMIT The number of unsuccess ful Logins permitte d in Ultra Secure Mo de. Default: 3 PCM_FECC Determines w hether the DTMF Co de, ##, the Far/Arrow Keys (FECC) or both will activate the PCM interface. This flag can be also be used in combination with DTMF code definitions to disab[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 795 PSTN_RINGING_DURA TION_SEC ONDS If there is a slow response from t he ISDN sw itch, the PSTN dial-out ringing duration (in second s) is used by the Collaboration Server to disco nnect the call. Default: 45 QOS_IP_AUDIO Used to select the priority of audio packets when Dif fServ is the is the selected [...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 796 REMOVE_H323_HIGH_PROFILE_ CAP_TO_NON_POL YCOM_VEND OR Used to disable High Profile protocol. Use of Polycom’s proprietary protocol, High Profile, may resul t in interoperability issues whe n used with other vendors’ endpoints. Possible values: YES / NO Default: NO REMOVE_H323_HIGH_QUALITY_ AUDIO_C[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 797 RTCP_FLOW_CONTROL_TMMBR _INTERV AL Modifies the inte rval (in seconds) of the T MMBR (T emporary Maximum Media S tream Bit Rate) parameter for SIP RTCP flow control. Range: 5 - 999 (seconds) Default: 180 RTCP_PLI_ENABLE When set to YES, the (Picture Loss Indication (PLI) is sent as INFO (and not RTCP)[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 798 SEND_SRTP_MKI Enables or disables the inclu sion of the MKI field in SRTP p ackets sent by the Collaboration Server. Setting the value to NO to d isables the inclusion of the MKI field in SRTP p ackets sent by the Collaboratio n Server. Set this flag to: •N O  When all conferences on the RMX will[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 799 SET_AUDIO_CLARITY Audio Clarity improves receiv ed audio from particip a nts connected via low audio bandwidth connections, by stretching the fi delity of the narrowband telephone connection to improve cal l cl arity . The enhancement is applied to the following low bandwidth (4kHz) audio algorithms: [...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 800 SIP_BFCP_DIAL_OUT_MOD E Controls BFCP’s use of UDP and TCP protocols for dial-ou t SIP Client connections according to its value: • AUTO (Defau lt) If SIP Client supports UDP , TCP or UDP and TCP: - BFCP/UDP is sele cted as Content sh aring protocol. • UDP If SIP Client supports UDP or UDP and T[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 801 SIP_FREE_VIDEO_RESOURCES F or use in Avaya and Microsoft Environments. When set to NO (required for A vaya and Microsoft environments), video resources that were allocated to particip ants remain allocated to the participant s as long as they are connec ted to the confere nce even if the call was chan[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 802 TC_LA TENCY_SIZE This flag limits the latency (in mi lliseconds) or the numbe r of bytes that can be present in a queue. Range: 1-1000 (in millise conds). TCP_RETRANSMISSION_TIMEOU T The number of seconds the server will wait for a TCP client to answer a call before closing the connection. Default = 5[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 803 Manually Adding Flags to th e CS_MODULE_P ARAMETERS T ab Using the procedure to manually add flags to the System Configuration, th e following flags can be manu ally added to the CS_ MODULE_P ARAMETERS tab : VSW_HD_720p50_60_HP_T HRES HOLD_BITRA TE Controls the Minimum Th reshold Line Rate (kbps) for [...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 804 H323_TIMERS_SET_I NDEX Enables or disables H.323 index timer according to standard or proprietary H.323 protocol. Possible values: 0 (Default) - Sets the H.323 index timer to Polycom proprietary . 1 - Sets the H.323 index timer based on the H.323 S tandard recommendation. Note: For homologation a nd c[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 805 Deleting a Flag T o delete a flag: 1 In the System Flags dialog box, select the flag to delete and click Delete Flag . 2 In the confirmation message box, click Ye s to confirm. 3 Click OK to close the System Flags dialog box. Auto Layout Configuration The Auto Layout option let s the Collaboration Ser[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 806 Customizing the Default Auto Layout The default Auto Layout is co ntrolled by 13 flags: PREDEFINED_AUTO_LA YOUT_0, ... , PREDEFINED_AUTO_LA YOUT_12 Each of the 1 1 Auto Layout flags can be left at it s de fault value, or set to any of the Possible V alues listed in the following Default Auto Layouts t[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 807 2 CP_LA YOUT_1X1 3 CP_LA YOUT_1x2VER 4 CP_LA YOUT_2X2 5 CP_LA YOUT_2X2 6 CP_LA YOUT_1P5 7 CP_LA YOUT_1P5 8 CP_LA YOUT_1P7 9 CP_LA YOUT_1P7 10 CP_LA YOUT_ 2P8 1 1 CP_LA YOUT_2P8 12 CP_LA YOUT_ 1P12 Default Auto Layouts Flag Name: PREDEFINED_AU TO_LA YOUT_ n (n = Number of Particip ant s) n Layout Layou[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 808 Example: The following table illustrates the ef fect of modifying the PREDEF INED_AUTO_LA YOUT_5 flag in conference s with fewer or more participants than the n umber of wi ndows select ed in the defa ult layout. LEGACY_EP_CONT ENT_DEF AUL T_LA YOUT Flag The following table lists the value for each vi[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 809 Automatic Password Generation Flags The Collaboration Serv er can be configure d to automatically gene rate co nference and chairperson passwords whe n the Conference Password an d Chairperson Password fields are left blank. Guidelines ● If the flag HIDE_CONFERENCE_P AS SWORD is set to YES, the auto[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 810 NUMERIC_CONF_P ASS_MIN_LEN Enter the minimum num ber of chara cters r equired for conference passwords. Possible values: 0 – 16 . 0 (default in non-secured mode ) means no minimum leng th. However this setting cannot be applied when the Collaboration Server is in Ultra Secure Mode . 9 (default in Ul[...]

System Configuration Fl ags Polycom®, Inc. 81 1 The default pa ssword length defined by the NUMERIC_CONF_P ASS_DEF AUL T_LEN or NUMERIC_CHAIR_P ASS_ DEF AUL T LEN does not fall within the range defined by the minim um and maximum length an a ppropriate fault is added to the Faults list. Flags Specific to Maximum Security Environment s - Ultra Secu[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 812 Ultra Secure Mode Ultra Secure Mo de is the op erati ng mode of the Real Presence Collaboration Server when dep loyed in a Maximum Security Environment. When the MCU is set to Ultra Secure Mode, all enhance d security features are activated and rigorou sly enforced. T o download and inst all the RMX Manager onto a workst ation ?[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 813 4 If needed, add the MCU to the RMX Manager’s MCUs list if it was not pre-populated during installation. a Right-click in the RMX Manager window . b Select Add MCU. c Enter the MCU Name. d Enter the IP Address of the MCU. e Leave the port as Port 80 until such time that the RMX is placed into Secure Mode.[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 814 5 Click OK . 6 The Username and Pass word dialog box is displayed. 7 Enter the default Username - POL YCOM and default Password – POL YCOM . 8 Click OK . Enabling Ultra Secure Mode The Ultra Secure Mode is disab led by default and can be enabl ed by adding the UL TRA_SECURE_MODE System Flag and setting its va[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 815 For a det ailed description of the inst allation and configuration of an MCU in a Maximum Security Environment see First T ime Installation and Co nfiguration in the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Deplo yment Guide fo r Maximum Security Env ironments . UL TRA_SECURE_MODE System Flag Guid[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 816 T o modify the UL TRA_SECURE_MODE System flag value: 1 On the Collaboration Server menu , click Setup > System Con figuration . The System Flags dialog bo x opens. 2 Double-click or select the UL TRA_SECURE_MODE flag and click the Edit Flag button. 3 In the New V alue field, enter the flag’ s new value - Y[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 817 UL T RA_SECURE_MODE Flag V alu e – Effect on System Flags Flag UL TRA_SECURE_MODE V alue YES NO Range Default Range Defaul t Network Security ENABLE_ACCEPTING_ICMP_R EDIRECT YES/NO NO YES/NO YES ENABLE_SENDING_ICMP_DESTINA TION_UNREACH ABLE YES/NO NO YES/NO YES SEP ARA TE_MANAGEMENT_NETWORK YES/NO YES NO NO L[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 818 Certificate Management (PKI) Public Key Infrastructure PKI (Public Key Infrastructure) is a set of tools and policies deployed to enh ance the security of dat a communications between networking entities. The implement ation of PKI on the Collaboration Se rv er has been enhan ced to ensure that all networked en[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 819  Certificate revocation mode, whether by OCSP or CRL is managed using the i setting of the Management Netwo rk.  SIP TLS is managed using the Ge neral TLS setting. ● The following certificate file format s are supported:  PEM  DER  PKCS#7/P7B  PKCS#12PFX The following diagram illustrates th [...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 820 Double-clicking on a certificate in any if the disp layed lists, displays the certificate’ s properties: T rusted Certificates By clicking the column headers the T r usted Certificates can be sorted by: ● Issued T o ● Issued By ● Expiration Date ● St a t u s T o add a certificate to the repository: Re[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 821 1 In the T rusted Certificates t ab click the Add button. The Send Certificate dialog box is displa yed. 2 Send the certificate to the Collaboration Server. T wo options are available for se nding the certificate to the Collaboration Server :  Paste Certificat e a nd Send Certificate Use this option if the c[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 822 f Enter the certificate file name in the Inst all File field or click the Browse button. The Open file dialog box is dis played. The files ar e filtered according to the file type selected in St e p e . g Enter the certificate file name in the File name field or click to select the certificate file entry in the[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 823 Personal Certificates Default Managemen t and Default IP Network Service ce rt ificates can be viewed in the Personal Cer tificates dialog box. They are listed a longside the service to which they are att ached. By clicking the column heade rs the T rusted Certificates can be sorted by: ● Network Service ● [...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 824 4 Optional. If CSR was selected as the Certificate Method : a Click Create Certificate Request . The Create Certif icate Request dialog box is displayed with the Common Name field filled in. b Complete the Certificat e Requ est fields. The two additional fields are defin ed as:  Subject Alte rnative Name ( S[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 825  General - <Erro r message from the SSL library>. Certificate V alidation The credentials o f each certificate received from a ne tworked peer are verified against a repository of trusted certificate s. Each networked en tity contains a repository of tru ste d certifica tes. The digit al signature of t[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 826 If the Secured Co mmunication option is unch ecked in the Manag ement Network - Securi ty dialog box all Certificate V alidation and Revocation fields are disab led. CRL (Certificate Revocation List) A CRL contains a summ ary of the in stalle d Certificate Revocation List s. By clicking the column headers the C[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 827 T o add a CRL to the repository: 1 In the CRL List dialog box, click the Add button. The Inst all Fil e dialog box is displayed. 2 Select the Certificate File Format : PEM or DER . 3 Enter the certificate file name in the Inst all File field or click the Browse butt on. The Open file dialog bo x is displayed. T[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 828 When the Activate Certifica te butt on is clicked, all added T rusted Certificates and CRLs are installed and the Collaboration Server displays a disconnection confirmation dialog box. 6 Click the OK button. 7 Login to the Collaboration Server to proceed with further management t asks CRLs added to the Certific[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 829 Certificate Revocation Certificate Revocation of IP Network and peer SIP TLS certificates for ea ch defined IP Service can be enabled, disabled and configured: Revocation Method One of three Certificate Revo cation Methods ca n be selected: ● NONE (Default) - Certificate Revo cation is not implemented. ● CR[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 830  If the check box is unchecked and the Global Responder or the Re sponder S pecified in the Certificate does not respond for any reason th e certificate is considered revoked. If CRL is selected:  If the check box is checked and the CRL of the sp ecific CA is not loaded, all Certif icates are the CA are n[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 831 Self-signed Certificates are in dicated in the Certification R epository - Issued By field. Self-signed Certificate Field V alues - Creation Field Va l u e Signature Algorithm SHA1 Issuer / Issued T o Service Host Name Both the Issuer and Issued T o fields have the same va lues. CN = host name of the service na[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 832 Emergency CRL (Certificate Revocation List) Up date Administrators mainta ining RMX systems are require d to perform an update of the CRLs used on the systems within the validity period of the current CRLs. Should the current CRLs ex pire; the system will not allow administrato rs to login and perf orm administ[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 833 e Click OK . f In the MCUs list, select the RMX to be updated. g Right-click in the MCUs list entry and select Connect . h Click Accept to accept the warning banner . i Enter an administrator Username and Password . j Click OK . Step 3: Open the Certification Repository and Up date the CRL files a On the RMX me[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 834 g Click Ye s to proc eed. The system checks the CRL file and displays a message that the certificate was loaded successfully . h Repeat S teps d through f u ntil all of the required CRL files has been updated. Step 4: Up date the repository . When all the CRL files have been up dated as described in S tep 3. a [...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 835 The Management Net work Propertie s dialog box is displayed. c Select the Secured Communication check box. d Click OK . A message informs you that your session will be disconn ected and that you must re-connect the RMX using https in the browser URL. e Click OK . A system rest art confirmation message is displa[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 836 SIP TCP Keep-Alive In compliance with UC APL requirement s, the NA T Ke ep Alive method has been enhanced according to IETF RFC 5626 and For a full description of Keep Alive see IETF RFC 5626 and IETF RFC 6223. Keep Alive behavior is defined for each IP Network Service and can be modified by ad ding the followi[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 837 SIP_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_BEHA V IOR If th e value of the System Fl ag, SIP_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_TYPE= RFC5626 or RFC6223 and no Ping is received, the value of this System Flag is checked. Possible V a lues: • RE_REGISTRA TION_WHEN_NO_PONG_RESPONSE • DO_NOT_RE_REGISTRA TIO N_WHEN_NO_PONG_RESPONSE (Default) For a full de[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 838 Keep Alive Frequency The Keep Alive fre quency is set by the SIP Server using the V ia Header keep and Flow T imer fields of the SIP Header . If the Collaboration Server is functionin g as the server , the Kee p Alive frequency is set accord ing to the hard coded values listed in the following t able. User and [...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 839 ● Conference and Chairman Passwords. ● Locking out User . ● Displaying the User Login record. Controlling the user sessions inclu des: ● Limiting the maximum numbe r of concurrent user sessions. ● User session timeout. ● Limiting the maximum number of user s that can connect to the syst em. Managing[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 840 Managing the User Login Process Implementing St rong Passwords S trong Passwords can be implemented for logging into the Collabor ation Server manageme nt applications. They can be implemented when the system is in st andard security mode or when in Ultra Secure Mode. The FORCE_STRONG_P ASSWORD_POLICY System Fl[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 841 Password Length The length of passwords is determined by the value of the MIN_P ASSW ORD_LENGTH System Flag. ● Possible flag values are between 0 an d 20. ● A System Flag value of 0 means this rule is not en forced, however this rule cannot be disabled when the Collaboration Server is in Ultra Se cure Mode [...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 842 Maximum Repeating Characters There are two sep arate flags that control the maxi mu m number of repeated char acters permitted in a password, on e for the user password and one for the chairperson (con ference) pa ssword. ● MAX_P ASSWORD_REPEA TED_CHAR allows the admini strator to configure the maximum number[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 843 T emporary User Lockout When the UL TR A_SECURE_MODE System Flag is set to YES, T emporar y User Lockout is implemented as a defense against Denial of Service Attacks or Brut al Attacks. Such attacks usually take the form of automated rapid Log in attemp ts with the aim of gain ing access to or rendering the ta[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 844 ● IP Address of the workstation initiating the Login attempt. The list of unsuccessful Logins can co ntai n up to ten records. Failed Login attempts are written to the system Log File s and are recorded as Audit Events. The Audit files can be retrieved by th e Administrator User . Controlling User Sessions Ma[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 845 Erase Session History Af ter Logout In Ultra Secure Mode, th e Collaboration Server W eb Client and RMX Manager leave no session information on the user’s workstation or the MCU af ter the user logs of f. Banner Display and Customization The Login Screen an d Main Screen of the Coll aboration Server Web Clien[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 846 Guidelines for Customizi ng the Login Page Banner ● The Login Page Banner canno t be disabled when th e Collaboration Server is in U ltra Secure M ode. ● The Login Page Banner must b e acknowledged before the user is p ermitted to log in to the system. ● If a Custom banne r has been creat ed, and the user[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 847 Sample 3 Banner You are about to access a sy stem that is intended for author ized users only. You should have no expecta tion of privacy in your use of this system. Use of this system constitutes consent to monit oring, retrieval, and disclosure of any information stored within the system for any purpose inclu[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 848 2 Customize the banners by modifying th e following fields: 3 Click the OK button. Banner Configuration Field Description Check Box T ext Fiel d Restore Default Button Login Page Banner Select or clear the check box to enable or disable the display of the banner . Note: Banner display cannot be disabled when UL[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 849 Banner Display Login Screen Banner The Login screen banner can displa y any text, for exam ple the terms and condi tions for system usage. The default text is that requir ed in Ultra Secure Mode. The user must ackn owledge that the infor mation was read and click the Accept button to proceed to the Login screen[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 850 Main Screen Banner The Main Screen ban ner is displayed at the bottom of the scre en, as follows: When the Collabo ration Serve r is configured to work in Ultra Secure Mode , such as the Ma ximum Security environment, the display banner include s the following default text: THIS IS A DOD SYSTEM AND IS SUBJECT T[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 851 MS Active Directory Integration It is possible to configure direct in teraction between the Colla boration Server and Microsoft Active Directo ry for Authentication and Auth orization of Managemen t Network users. The following diagram sh ows a typical user authentication sequence be tw een a User , Collaborati[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 852 Guidelines ● The Collaboration Ser ver ma int ains a local record of:  Audit Events – users that gene rate these events ar e marked as being either internal or external.  Successful user logins  Failed user login attempts ● User passwords and user locko ut policy for exte rnal users are mana ged [...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 853 Enabling Active Di rectory Integration T o configure Directory Services: 1 On the Collaboration Server Menu , click Setup > Directory Services . The Directory Services - Configuration dialog box is displayed. 2 Modify the following fields. Directory Services - Config uration Field Description Connect to the [...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 854 3 Click the Role Mapping ta b. The Directory Services - Role Mapping dialog box is displaye d. Each of the Collaboration Server user types: Administrator , Administrator Read-Only , Auditor , Operator and Chairperson can be mappe d to only one Active Directory Group or Role according to the customer ’s specif[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 855 MLPP (Multi Level Precedence and Preemption) In compliance with UC APL requirement s, Quality of Serv ice (QoS) can be more accura tely modif ied to suit local needs with the addition of Multi Level Precedenc e and Preemp tion methods for call prioritizing an d call handling. QoS is important wh en transmitting[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 856 Enabling Precedence Precedence is disabled by defaul t. It is enable d by using the Setup > Precedence Settings menu to display the Precedence Settings dialog box. Pre cedence is e nabled by selecting the Use Precedence check box. See Configuring and Modifying Pr ecedence Domains and DSCP V alues . When Prec[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 857 ● SIP Dial in particip ants, both defined and undefine d, do not inherit Precede nce or Domain characteristics from the Particip ant’s Address Book. (Addi tional fields, added to the Particip ant’s Properties - Advanced and Address Book - Advanced dialo g boxes are used to enter and modify Precedence or D[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 858 ● Rejected calls receive a 417 Err or response. ● If the Require tag is null, the call is connecte d and assigned RO UTINE priority in the firs t defined Precedence Domain ● If the Use Precedence che ck box in Precedence Settings is cl eared, the RMX will not reject such calls. The LSC is responsible for [...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 859 Dial-out calls For Dial-out calls, the SIP Messag e header information for the Pr ecedence Domain and Re source Priority (r-priority) of the call is configurable. Additional fields in the Participant’ s Properties - Advanced and Particip ant’ s Address Book - Advanced dialog box are used to modify these p a[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 860 Configuring and Modifying Preced ence Domains and DSCP V alues The Precedence Domains and DSCP values for e ach Precedence Domain can be co nfigured and modifie d per MCU. T o configure Precedence Settings: 1 On the RMX menu, click Setup > Precedence Sett ings The Precedence Settings dial og box is displayed[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 861 3 Click OK . System Flags The following System Flags must be added to system.cfg if their values ar e to be modified: ● QOS_MANAGE MENT_NETW ORK - the overall hex v alue of the DiffServ field (not just t he value of the DSCP portion) is used as the DSCP value for the RMX Management Networ k.  Default: 0x10[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 862 IEEE 802.1X Authentication In compliance with UC APL requirement s for enhanced security of wireless loca l area networks that follow the IEEE 802.1 1 standard, support for 802.1X Authen tication has be en included in this version. 802.1X Authentication requires that th e RM X registers with a 802.1X Auth e nti[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 863 Enabling and Configuring 802.1X Authentication 802.1X Authentication for each NI C is enabled or disabled in the Setup > Ethernet Settings dialog box. The following additional t able columns are used to modify these parameters: ● 802.1X Authentication ● User Name ● Password Modify the Ethernet Settin g[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 864 Enabling 802.1X Authentication ca n result in the RMX being disconnected from the networ k and a warning message is displayed: System Flags The following system flags are used to manage the 8 02. 1X Authentication pr ocess. They must be manually added to system.cfg if their default value s need to be modified. [...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 865 Disabling 802.1X Authentication Switching to http mode from http s mode by inserting a USB key cont aining a file named RestoreFactorySecurityDefault s.tx t into the RTM-IP USB port disables 802.1X functionality Ethernet Monitoring 802.1x S tatus is displayed in the Hardware Monitor - LAN List. The following 8 [...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 866 ● Changes to the White List are written to the Auditor Event File. ● Alterations to the White List do not require a system reset. Enabling, Disabling and M odifying the White List The use of White List in the enviro nment can be enabl ed o r disabled in the Management Network Se rvice - White List dialog bo[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 867  If the system changes its IP addressing mo de (e.g. from IPv4 only to both IPv4 &6 ) while the White List is enabled, the White List is disabled and a message, White list ha s been disabled please reconfigur e , is displayed.  IPv4 addresses can be added as a r ange by using the wildcard characte r ,[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 868 Alternative Network Address T ypes (ANA T) In compliance with UC_APL_NET_0007 Alternat ive Network Ad dress T ypes (ANA T) is supported . When the RMX is configured f or IPv4 and IPv6 Addressi ng, the addition of the sdp-anat option t ag in the SIP Require and SIP Supported he aders allows a mixtur e of IPv4 an[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 869 BFCP Over UDP – AS-SIP Content In compliance with UCR 2008 Ch ange 3, AS-SIP (Assured S ervices-Session Initiation Prot ocol) Conten t flow is an implementation of SIP that ut ilizes SIP’s built in security features. When using AS-SIP Content, the media line of the content channel is n ot sent as p art of t[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 870 ● Once Content has been in itiated by one of the endpoints, the Content c hannel will be opened to all endpoint s and remain open even if the Cont ent sharing endpoint stop s sharing Content. Enabling AS-SIP Content AS-SIP Content is enabled in the New Profile / Profile Properties - V ideo Quality tab. When t[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 871 Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) ICMP (Internet Control Message Prot ocol) is used to send messages between networked entities. It is typically used to send and receive information concerning: ● Communications errors in network applications ● Remote host reachability and availability ● Network con[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 872 ● Default :  Ultra Secure Mode: NO - Destination Unreachable Message is never sent.  Default Security Mode: YES - Destination Unreachable Message is se nt when needed. Modifying the flag values T o modify the System Flags values, the flags must first be manually added to system.cfg. For more in formatio[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 873 V ersion Change - Password an d Certificate Comp atibility Ve r s i o n Change Behavior Passwords Certificates Upgrade from old version to new version On user login: • All new - user passwords are hashed and saved using SHA-256 . • Existing user passwords remain saved using the SHA-1 signature, however: [...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 874 Non-hashed Passwords All non-hashed p asswords are stored encrypted as set ou t in the table b elow . In compliance with UC APL requ irements, PKI Self-signed Certificates are supported fo r the both the Defa ult Management and IP Network Services. A mixture of Self-signed and CA-s igned Certificates is support[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 875 Media Encryption and Authentication In compliance with UC_APL_SEC_0013, t he RMX suppo rts the Privacy Pr otocols: ● AES_CM_128_HMAC_SHA1_32 ● AES_CM_128_HMAC_SHA1_80 System Flag The Privacy Protocol selection is controlled by the SR TP_S RTCP_HMAC_SHA_LENGH System Flag. T o modify its setting, manually add[...]

Ultra Secure Mode Polycom®, Inc. 876 Range: 80, 32, 80_32 Default: 80 Privacy Protocols - Fl ag Settings SRTP_SRTCP_HMAC_SHA_ LE NGH Flag V alue Negotiation Protocol SDP Authentication T ag Length RTP RTCP 80 AES_CM_128_HMAC_SHA1_80 80 80 32 AES_CM_128_HMAC_SHA1_32 32 80 80_32 First: AES_CM_128_HMAC_SHA1_32 Second: AES_CM_128_HMAC_SHA1_80 32 or 80[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 877 Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring The st atus and properties of the Collaboration Server hardware com ponents can be viewed and monitored in the Hardware Monitor list p ane. V iewing the St atus of the Hardware Component s The Hardware Monitor ’s st atus column displays the pres ent status of the hardwar e component s. [...]

Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 878 T o access Hardware Monitor: » In the RMX Management pane, click the Hardware Monitor button. The Hardware Monitor p ane displays. Depending on your product model, available hard ware components may vary . The Hardware Monitor pane displays the follo wing har dware compo nent’ s status[...]

Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 879 HW Monitor Pane T oolbar The following buttons appear in the to ol bar of the Hardware Moni tor . Depending on your product mo del, available buttons may vary . HW Monitor Pane T ool Bar Buttons V iewing the Properties of Hardware Components Depending on your p roduct model, available h a[...]

Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 880 The Hardware Proper ties dialog box has the following stru cture: T o view the MCU Properties: 1 In the Hardware Monitor pane, right-click your M CU entry , for example, RMX 2000, and select Properties. Note: DSP Cards In Collaboration Server (RMX) 1800, the mapping betwee n DSP media car[...]

Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 881 2 General information is displayed: MCU 1500/2000/4000 Propertie s - General Info Field Descrip tion Chassis ID The ID assigned to the MCU’s chassis file. Chassis Serial Number The serial number assigned to the MCU’s chassis. Part Number The chassis part number . The Part Number conta[...]

Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 882 3 (RMX 1500/2000/400 0 only) Click the Event Log t ab to view a log of even ts that were reco rded by the system. The logged event s can be saved to a *.xls file by clicking the Save Event Log button. It is not possible to save individual or multiple selecte d events; the en tire log file[...]

Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 883 4 Click the Active Alarms tab to view alarms related to the Collaboratio n Server, i.e . temperatur es and main power sensors. The Active Alarms dialog box displays fields that relate to faults and error s detected on the Collaboration Server by sensor s. The Active Alarms dialog box is d[...]

Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 884 2 The card property window may look like this: Depending on the card t ype, the fo llowing inform ation may b e available: Card Properties - General Info Field Description Hardware V ersion Th e hardware component’s version number . Software V ersion The version nu mber of the software [...]

Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 885 3 Click the Event Log tab (if any) to view a log of event s recorded by the system on the HW component. 4 Click the Active Alarms tab (if any) to view alarms related to the hardware comp onent, i.e. temperatures and main power senso rs. For more informa tion , see Appendix B - Active Alar[...]

Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 886 F AN Properties - General Info Field Description General Settings Min. S peed Level (rp m) The minimum speed level of the fans. Max. S peed Level (rpm) T he maximum speed level of the fans. Normal Operating Level (rpm) The normal operating level defin ed for the fans. Current Fan Level (r[...]

Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 887 View LAN Properties Depending on you r product mode l, a Collaboration Server may contain various number s of external LAN connectors. T o view a LAN connector properties: 1 In the Hardware Monitor pane, double -click LANS . The LAN list opens. 2 Double-click a desired LAN to view it s pr[...]

Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 888 Diagnostic Mode Diagnostic Mode is a debugging tool for pe rforming hardware dia gnostics that de tect malfunctions in the hardware componen t’s pe rformance. Diagnostics are pe rformed only for the MF A, CPU and Switch (Cards: MPMx/MPMRx, DSP media cards, CPU, RTM IP , and RTM ISDN). A[...]

Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 889 7 When asked whether to continue, click Y es. 8 The Collaboration Serv er resets and enters the Dia gnostic mode. 9 For RMX 1500/2000/4000, the web client reop ens using the Shelf Manager IP ad dress; For RMX 1800, you need to re-enter the system managemen t IP in the browser to access th[...]

Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring Polycom®, Inc. 890 T o exit the Diagnostics Mode: » T o exit the Diagnostic Mode and reset the sys tem to normal working status, click on the upper-right of the Hardware Monitor win dow .[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 891 Appendix A - Disconnection Causes If a part icipant was unable to connect to a conference or was disconnected from a co nference, the Connection S tatus t ab in the Particip ant Properties dialog box indicates the ca ll disconnection cause . In some case s, a possib le solution may be dis played. A video par ticipant who is unab[...]

Appendix A - Disconnection Causes Polycom®, Inc. 892 Caller not registered The calling endpoin t is not registered in the gatekeepe r . H323 call closed. ARQ timeout The endpoint se nt an ARQ message to the gatekee per , but the gatekeeper did not respond before timeout. H323 call closed. DRQ timeout The e ndpoint sent a DRQ message to the gatekee[...]

Appendix A - Disconnection Causes Polycom®, Inc. 893 H323 call closed. Remote stop responding The endpoint stopped respondi ng. H323 call closed. Master slave problem A Pe ople + Content cascading failure occurred . SIP bad name The conference name is incompatible with SIP standards. SIP bad status A general IP card error occurred. SIP busy everyw[...]

Appendix A - Disconnection Causes Polycom®, Inc. 894 SIP client error 41 3 The endpoint sent a SI P Clien t Error 413 (Request Entity T oo Large) response. The server is refusing to process a request because the request entity is larger than the server is willing or able to process. SIP client error 414 The endpoint sent a SIP Client Error 414 (Re[...]

Appendix A - Disconnection Causes Polycom®, Inc. 895 SIP not found The end point was not found. The server has definitive informa tion that the user does not exist at the domain specified in the Request-URI. SIP redirection 300 A SIP Redirection 300 (Mu ltiple Choices) resp onse was returned. SIP redirection 305 A SIP Redirection 3 05 (Use Proxy) [...]

Appendix A - Disconnection Causes Polycom®, Inc. 896 ISDN Disconnection Causes SIP server error 505 The SIP server sent a SIP Server Error 505 (V ersion Not Supported) response. The server does not su pport, or refuses to support, the SIP protocol version that was used in the request. SIP temporarily not available The participant's endpoint w[...]

Appendix A - Disconnection Causes Polycom®, Inc. 897 7 Cal l awarded and being delivered in an Established channel The incoming call is being connected to a channel previously established for similar calls. 8 Pre-Empti on The call has been pre-empted. 9 Pre-Emption – Circuit reserved for reuse Call is being cleared in response to user request. 1[...]

Appendix A - Disconnection Causes Polycom®, Inc. 898 40 Permanent F rame Mode Connection Operational A permanent frame mode connection is operatio nal. This cause is part of a ST A TUS message . 41 T emporary Failure Minor network malf unction . Initiate call again. 42 Switching Equip ment Congestion High traffic has congested the s witching e qui[...]

Appendix A - Disconnection Causes Polycom®, Inc. 899 70 Only R estricted Digital Information Bearer Capability is Available (national use) Unrestricted (64kb) b earer serv ice has been requested but is not supported by the equipm ent sending this cause. 79 Service or Option Not Implemented, Unspecified An unsupported service or unimplem ented opti[...]

Appendix A - Disconnection Causes Polycom®, Inc. 900 99 An Info rmation Element or Parameter Does Not Exist or is Not Implemented A message was received containing elements or parameters that are not defined or of a type that is defined but n ot implemented. 100 Invalid Information Element Content s A message other t han SETUP , DISCONNECT , RELEA[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 901 Appendix B - Active Alarms Active Alarms Alarm Code Alarm Description A matching activation key is required. T o cancel the upgrade process, reset the Collaboration Server The system upgrade requires that a valid activation key be entered . If none is available, resettin g the Collaboration Server will cancel th e upgrade and re[...]

Appendix B - Active Alarms Polycom®, Inc. 902 Card failure Possible reasons for the card failure: • Resetting Card • Resetting component • Unknown shelf error • Unknown card error Card not found This occurs when: the system does not receive an indication about the card (since it does not exist…) usua lly when the card was remove d from t[...]

Appendix B - Active Alarms Polycom®, Inc. 903 CPU IPMC software was not updated . Turn of f the MCU and then turn it on. CPU slot ID not identified The CPU slot ID require d for Ethernet Settings was not provide d by the Shelf Management. D channel cannot be established DEBUG mode enabled Possible explanations: • System is running in DEBUG mode.[...]

Appendix B - Active Alarms Polycom®, Inc. 904 eUserMsgCode_Cs_SipTLS_Registrat ionHandshakeFailure eUserMsgCode_Cs_SipTLS_Registrat ionServerNotResponding Event Mode Conferencing resources deficiency due to inap propriate license. Please install a new license External NTP servers failu re The MCU could not c onnect to any of the defined NT P serve[...]

Appendix B - Active Alarms Polycom®, Inc. 905 Failed to register with DNS serv er Check the DNS co nfiguration. Failed to subscribe with the OCS, therefore the A/V Edge Server URI was not received Failure in initial ization of SNMP agent. Fallback versi on is being used Fallback version is b eing used. R estore curren t version. V ersion being use[...]

Appendix B - Active Alarms Polycom®, Inc. 906 Gatekeeper fail ure Possible reasons for the Gatekeeper failure: • Failed to register to alternate Gatekeeper . • Gatekeeper discovery state. - Check GK IP address (GUI, ping) • Gatekeeper DNS Host name not found. • Gatekeeper Registration Timeout. • Gatekeeper rejected GRQ d ue to invalid re[...]

Appendix B - Active Alarms Polycom®, Inc. 907 Hot backup: Network issue Hot Backup: Paired MCU is unreachable. Initialization of ice stack failed Insufficient resources The number of resources in the license is higher than the a ctual system resources. Check the media cards or insert a media card. Insufficient UDP Ports When defining fixed port, t[...]

Appendix B - Active Alarms Polycom®, Inc. 908 Network interface is not configured. New interface need to be chosen Network traffic capture is on New certificate for CS need Collaboration Server reset to take effect No clock source The system could not use an y of the connected ISDN spans as clock source. Check the ISDN Setti ngs. No default ISDN/P[...]

Appendix B - Active Alarms Polycom®, Inc. 909 Product activation failure Assi gn a new activation key . Product T ype mismatch. System is restart ing. The user is alerted to a mismatch bet ween the prod uct type that is store d in MCU software and th e product type received from another system component. In such a ca se the system is automa ticall[...]

Appendix B - Active Alarms Polycom®, Inc. 910 Security mode failed. Certificate ha s expired. Security mode failed. Certificate ho st name does not match the Collaboration Server host name. Security mode failed. Certificate is about to expire. Security mode failed. Certificate no t yet valid. Security mode failed. Error in certificat e file. Servi[...]

Appendix B - Active Alarms Polycom®, Inc. 91 1 SIP TLS: Registration server not responding This alarm is displayed whe n the Co llaboration Server do es not receive a response from the OCS to the registration request in the expe cted time frame. Possible causes are: • The Collaboration Server FQDN name is no t defined in the OCS pool, or is defi[...]

Appendix B - Active Alarms Polycom®, Inc. 912 The system has been configured for Ultra Secure Mode, but communication is not secured until a TLS certi ficate is installed and the MCU is set to Secured Communication. Although the System Flag U L TRA_ SECURE_MODE is set to YES, the Ultra Secure Mode is not fully imp lem ented as the TLS ce rtificate[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 913 Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File The CDR (Call Detail Records) utility is used to retrieve confer ence information to a file. The CDR utility can retrieve conference in formation to a file in both formatted a nd unformatted format s. Unformatted CDR file s contain multi ple records. The first record in ea ch file cont a[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 914 Reserved S tart T ime The time the conference was scheduled to start in Greenwich Mean Time (GMT). The reservation time of a reservatio n that was started immediately or of an ongoing conference is the same as the Actual S tart Time. Reserved Duration The amount o f time the confe rence [...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 915 Event Records The event records, that is, all records in the unformatte d file except the first reco rd, cont ain standar d fields, such as the event type code and the time sta mp, followed by fields that are event specific. The event fields are sep arated by commas. T wo consec utive co[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 916 Event S pecific Fields CDR Event T ypes Event Code Event Na me Desc ription 1 CON FERENCE ST ART The conference started. Note: There is one CONFERENCE ST ART event per conference. It is always the first event in the file, after the conference summary record. It contains conference detail[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 917 23 SIP P ARTICIP ANT CONNECTED A SIP participant connected to the conference. 26 RECORDING LINK A recording even t, such as recording star ted or re cording resume d, occurred. 28 SIP PRIV A TE EXTENSIONS Contains SIP Private Extensions information. 30 GA TEKEEPER INFORMA TION Contains t[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 918 105 USER UPDA TE P ARTICIP ANT A user updated the pro perties of a participant during the conference. 106 US ER SET END TIME A user modified the conference end time. 107 OPERA TOR MOVE P ARTY FROM CONFERENCE The participant moved from an Entry Qu eue to the destinatio n conference or bet[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 919 2101 USER AD D P ARTICIP ANT CONTINUE 1 Additional information abo ut a USER ADD P ARTICIP ANT event. 2102 USER AD D P ARTICIP ANT CONTINUE 2 Additional information abo ut a USER ADD P ARTICIP ANT event. 2105 USER UPDA TE P ARTICIP ANT CONTINUE 1 Additional information abo ut a USER UPDA[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 920 Event Fields for Event 1 - CONFER ENCE ST ART Field Descrip tion Dial-Out Manually Indicates whether the conference was a dial-o ut manually conference or not. Currently the on ly value is: 0 - The conference wa s not a dial-out manua lly conference, that is, the M CU initiates the commu[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 921 QCIF Frame Rate The QCIF frame rate: Currently the on ly value is: 255 -  Auto LSD Rate Not supported. Always contains the value 0 . HSD Rate Not supported. Always contains the value 0 . T120 Rate Not supported. Always contains the value 0 . Event Fields for Event 2001 - CONFEREN CE S[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 922 Chair Mode Not supported. Always contains the value 0 . Cascade Mode The cascading mode. Currently the on ly value is: 0 - None Master Name Not supp orted. This field remains empty . Minimum Number of Participants The number of particip ants for which the system reserved resources. Ad di[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 923 Data Unit ID Not supported. Always contains the value 65535 . Message Service Ty p e The Message Servi ce type. Currently the on ly value is: 3 - IVR Conferen ce IVR Service The name of the IVR Service assigned to the conferen ce. Note: If the name of the IVR Servi ce contains more than [...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 924 Info1 Info2 Info3 The contents of the conference information fields. These fields enabl e users to ente r general information for the conference, su ch as the company name, and the contact person’s name and telephone number . The maximum length of each field is 80 characters. Billing I[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 925 Event fields for Event 3 - ISDN/PST N CHANNEL CONNECTED Field Descrip tion Participant Name The name of the participant. Participant ID T he identification number assigned to the participant by the MCU. Channel ID The chan nel identifier . Number of Channels The number o f channels being[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 926 Calling Participant Number Plan The calling participant number plan. 0 - Unknown 1 - ISDN/PSTN 9 - Private Calling Participant Presentation Indicator The calling participant presentation indicator , as follows: 0 - Presentation allowed, default 1 - Presentation restricted 2 - Number not [...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 927 Disconnect Initiator Indicates who initiated th e disconnection, as fol lows: 0 - Collaboration Server 1 - Participant Any other number - Unknown Disconnect Coding S tandard The disconnection ca use code standard. For values and explanatio ns, see the Q.93 1 S tandard. Disconnect Locatio[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 928 Secondary Cause Note: This field is only relevant to ISDN video participants and only if the Participant S tatus is Secondary . The cause for the secondary connection (not being ab le to connect the video channe ls), as follows: 0 - Default 11 - The incoming vi deo parameters are not com[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 929 Event Fields for Event 2007 - P ART ICIP ANT DISCONNECT ED C ONTINUE 1 Field Descrip tion Rx Synchronization Loss The number of times that the general synchronization of the MCU was lost. Tx Synchronization Loss The number of times that the general synchronization of the participant was [...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 930 H.323 Board ID Not supported. Always contains the value 0 . H323 Unit ID Not supported. Always contains the value 0 . Event Fields for Events 10, 101, 105 - DEFINED P ARTICIP ANT , USER ADD P ARTICIP ANT , USER UPDA TE P ARTICIP ANT Field Descrip tion User Name The login name of the user[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 931 Default Number Ty p e The type of telephone number , as follows: 0 - Unknown 1 - Intern ational 2 - National 3 - Network specific 4 - Subscriber 6 - Abbreviated 255 - T aken from Network Service, default Notes: • For dial-in participant s, the only possible value is 255 • This field [...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 932 Event Fields for Events 2010, 201 1, 2015 - DEFI NED P ARTICIP ANT CONTINUE 1,USER ADD P ARTICIP ANT CONTINUE 1, USER UPDA TE P ARTICIP AN T CONTINUE 1 Field Descrip tion Network T ype The type of network between the participant and the MCU, as follows: 0 - ISDN/PSTN 2 - H.323 5 - SIP H.[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 933 H.323 Participant Alias T ype/SIP Participant Address Ty p e Note: This field is only relevant to IP participants. For H.323 participants, the alias type, as follows: 7 - E164 8 - H.323 ID 13 - Email ID 14 - Participant number For SIP p articip ants , the addres s type, as follows: 1 - S[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 934 Min Rate The minimum line rate used by the participant. The data in this field should be ignored. For accura te rate informatio n, see CDR event 31. Max Rate The maximum line rate achieved by th e participant. The data in this field should be ignored. For accura te rate informatio n, see[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 935 Remote Communication Mode Not supported. Always contains the value 0 . Secondary Cause Note: This field is only relevant if the Participant S tatus is Secondary . The cause for the secondary connection (not being ab le to connect the video channe ls), as follows: 0 - Default 11 - The inc[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 936 Network Service Name The name of the Network Service. An empty field “” indicates the defa ult Network Service. Restrict Not supp orted. Always contains the value 0 . Audio Only Indicates the participant’s Audio Only setting, as follows: 0 - The participant is not an Au dio Only pa[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 937 Chair Not supported. Always contains the value 0 . Video Protocol T he video protocol, as follows: 1 - H.261 2 - H.263 4 - H.264 255 -  Auto Broadcasting Vo l u m e The broadcasting volume assigned to the participant. The value is between 1 (lowest) and 10 (loudest). Each unit movemen[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 938 H.323 Participant Alias Name/SIP Participant Address Note: This field is only relevant to IP participants. For H.323 participant s: The participant alias. May contain up to 512 characters. For SIP particip ants: The participant a ddress. Ma y contain up to 80 characters. Event Fields for[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 939 Event Fields for Event 22 - DTMF CODE F AILURE Field Descrip tion Participant Name The name of the participant. Participant ID T he identification number assigned to the participant by the MCU. Incorrect Data The i ncorrect DTMF code entered by the participant, or an empty field “” i[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 940 Event Fields for Eve nt 28 - SIP PRIV A T E EXTENSIONS Field Descrip tion Participant Name The name of the participant. Participant ID The participant’ s identifi cation number as assigned by the system. Called Participant ID The called participant ID. Asserted Identity The identity of[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 941 Event fields for Ev ent 33 - P ARTY CHAIR UPDA TE Field Description Participant Name The participant name. Participant ID The identi fication number assigned to the participant by the MCU. Chairperson Possible values: • T r ue - participant is a chairperson • False - Participant is n[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 942 Participant S tatus The participant status, as follows: 0 - Idle 1 - Connected 2 - Disconnected 3 - W aiting for dial-in 4 - Connecting 5 - Disconnecting 6 - Partially connected. Party has completed H.221 capability exchange 7 - Deleted by a user 8 - Secondary . The particip ant could no[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 943 Participant Name The name of th e part icipant reconnected to the conference, or disconnected or deleted fro m the confer ence. Participant ID T he identification number assigned to the participant by the MCU. Event Fields for Event 106 - USER SET END TIME Field Descrip tion New End T im[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 944 Bonding Mode Possible values are: 0 - Bonding is disabled 1 - Bonding is enabled 255 -  Auto Note: This field is o nly relevant to ISDN/PSTN participants. Number Of Channels The number of channels, as fo llows: 255 - Auto Otherwise, in range of 1 - 30 Note: This field is o nly relevan[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 945 Number of Party Phone Numbers The number of participant phone numbers. In a dial-in connection, the participant phone nu mber i s the CLI (Call i ng Line Identification) as identified by the MCU. In a dial-out connection, participant phone numbers are the ph one numbers dialed by the MCU[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 946 Audio V olume The broa dcasting volume assigned to the participant. The value is between 1 (lowest) and 10 (loudest). Undefined T ype The participant type, as follows: 0 - Defined particip ant. (The value in the formatted text file is “default”.) 2 - Undefined participant. (The value[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 947 Disconnection Cause V alues Event Fields for Event 1 1 1 - OPERA TOR BACK T O CONFERENCE P A RTY Field Descrip tion Operator Name The login name of the operator mo ving the participant back to the conference. Party Name The name of the participant being moved. Party ID T he identificatio[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 948 20 H323 call close. No port left for audio 21 H323 call close. No port left for video 22 H323 call close. No port left for FECC 23 H323 call close. No control port left 25 H323 call close. No port left for video content 51 A common key exchange algo rithm could not be es tablished betwee[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 949 210 H323 call close. Remote stop respondin g 213 H323 call close. Master slave problem 251 SIP timer popped out 252 SIP card rejected channels 253 SIP capabilities don’t match 254 SIP remote closed call 255 SIP remote cancelled call 256 SIP bad status 257 SIP remote stopped respondin g[...]

Appendix C - CDR Fields, Unformatted File Polycom®, Inc. 950 41 1 SIP cl ient error 41 1 413 SIP client error 413 414 SIP client error 414 415 SIP unsupported media type 420 SIP client error 420 480 SIP temporarily not available 481 SIP client error 481 482 SIP client error 482 483 SIP client error 483 484 SIP client error 484 485 SIP client error[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 951 Appendix D - Ad Hoc Conferencing and External Dat a base Authentication The RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 15 00/1800/2000/4 000 Ad Ho c conferencin g feature enables pa rticipant s to star t ongoing conferences on- the-fly , without prior definition when dia ling an Ad Hoc-enabled Entry Queue. The cr eated conference [...]

Appendix D - Ad Hoc Conferencing and External Database Authentication Polycom®, Inc. 952 Ad Hoc Confere nce Initiation without Authentication T o enable this workflow , the following compo nents must be defined in the system: ● An Entry Queue IVR Service with the appro priate audio file requesting th e Conference ID ● An Ad Hoc-enab led Entry [...]

Appendix D - Ad Hoc Conferencing and External Database Authentication Polycom®, Inc. 953 Entry Queue Level - Confer ence Initiation V alida tion with an External Dat abase Application S tarting a new conference with extern al database applica tion validation ent ails the following steps: Conference Initiation V alidation wi th External Database Ap[...]

Appendix D - Ad Hoc Conferencing and External Database Authentication Polycom®, Inc. 954  Conference Name  Conference Billing code  Conference Pa ssword  Chairperson Password  Conference Information, such as the co ntact per son n ame. These fields corr espond to Info 1, 2 and 3 fields in the Conference Properties - Info rmation dia[...]

Appendix D - Ad Hoc Conferencing and External Database Authentication Polycom®, Inc. 955 Conference access authenticatio n can be performed as: ● Part of the Ad Hoc con ferencing flow where the p a rticip ants must be authorized before they can e nter the confer ence created in the Ad Ho c flow ● Independent of Ad Hoc conferenci ng where confe[...]

Appendix D - Ad Hoc Conferencing and External Database Authentication Polycom®, Inc. 956 ● If the Confe rence IVR Se rvice is config ured to pr ompt for the chairperson iden tifier and passwor d, the part icipant is requested to enter the chair person identifier . If no identifier is entered, the particip ant connects as a st andard, undefined p[...]

Appendix D - Ad Hoc Conferencing and External Database Authentication Polycom®, Inc. 957 ● If the Confe rence IVR Servic e is configur ed to prom pt for the Co nference password , the participant is requested to enter the confer ence password. In this flo w , the conferen ce password is not validated with the external dat abase application, only[...]

Appendix D - Ad Hoc Conferencing and External Database Authentication Polycom®, Inc. 958 ● Ad Hoc - enabled Entry Queue Ad Hoc conferencing must be enabled in th e Entry Queue and a Profile must be as signed to the Entry Queue. In addition, an En try Queue IVR Service su pporting conference ID request. F or details, see Entry Queues . Authentica[...]

Appendix D - Ad Hoc Conferencing and External Database Authentication Polycom®, Inc. 959 T o set the System Configuration flags: 1 On the Setup menu, click Sy stem Configuration . The System Flags dialog box op ens. 2 Modify the values of the following flags: 3 Click OK . 4 Reset the MCU for flag changes to t ake effect. Enabling External Database[...]

Appendix D - Ad Hoc Conferencing and External Database Authentication Polycom®, Inc. 960 » Set the External Server Authentication field to Numeric ID . Enabling External Database V alidation for Conferences Access The validation o f the p articipant’ s ri ght to join an ong oing conference with an external dat abase application is configured in[...]

Appendix D - Ad Hoc Conferencing and External Database Authentication Polycom®, Inc. 961[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 962 Appendix E - Particip ant Properties Advanced Channel Information The following appendix de tails the proper ties connected with infor mation about audio and video p arameters, as well as, problems with the network which can af fect the audio and video quality . Particip ant Properties - Channel St atus Advanced Parameters Field[...]

Appendix E - Participant Properties Advanced Channel Info rmation Polycom®, Inc. 963 Out of Order The number of packet s arriving out of order . The following details are displaye d: • Accumulated N - tot al numbe r of packets that arri ved out of order since the channel opened. • Accumulated % - percentage of packets that arrived out o f orde[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 964 Appendix F- Secure Communication Mode The RealPresence Collabora tion Server can be configu r ed to work in Secure M ode or Ultra Secu re Mode. For more information se e Ultra Secure Mode and Flags S pecific to Maximum Securit y Environments - Ultra Secure Mode . In Secured mode the Collaboratio n Server and the Colla boration S[...]

Appendix F- Secure Communicatio n Mode Polycom®, Inc. 965 ● Support of Extended Key Usage (EKU) for both:  Client Authentication  Server Authentication The certificate template used by your CA server may need modification to meet the Collaboratio n Server requirement s. Certificate Requirement s Secure Mode In Secure Mode, the certificate [...]

Appendix F- Secure Communicatio n Mode Polycom®, Inc. 966 Creating/Modifying System Flags The following System Flags in system. cfg control secure communications. ● RMX_MANAGEMENT_SECURITY_PROTOCOL ● EXTERNAL_DB_PORT The table be low lists both flags and their settings. If the System Flag, RMX_MANAGEME NT_SECURITY_PROT OCOL does not ex ist in [...]

Appendix F- Secure Communicatio n Mode Polycom®, Inc. 967 3 Click the Security tab. The Management Se curity Properties dialo g box is displayed. 4 Select the Secured Communication check box. 5 Select the Certificate V alidation mode by checking or cleari ng the Skip certificate valida tion for user logging session fie ld as set out in the followi[...]

Appendix F- Secure Communicatio n Mode Polycom®, Inc. 968 Alternate Management Network The Alternate Manageme nt Network enables direct access to the Collaboration Server for support purposes. Access to the Alternate Management Network is via a cable connected to a works tation. The Alternate Management Network is accessible on ly via the dedicate[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 969 Appendix G - Configuring Direct Connections to the Collaboration Server Direct connection to the Collaboration Se rver is necessary if you want to: ● Modify the Collaboration Server’ s Factory Def ault Management Network settings without using the USB memory stick. ● Connect to the Collaboration Server’ s Alternate Manag[...]

Appendix G - Configuring D irect Connections to the Collaboration Server Polycom®, Inc. 970 For non-Windows opera ting systems an equivalent procedure must be performed by the system administra tor . Before connecting directly , you must modify the IP Address, Subnet Mask and Default Gateway settings of the worksta tion to be comp atible with eith[...]

Appendix G - Configuring D irect Connections to the Collaboration Server Polycom®, Inc. 971 3 In the Local Area Connectio n St atus dialog box, click Properties . 4 In the Local Area Connectio n Properties d ialog box, select Internet Protocol [TCP/IP] > Properties . 5 In the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box, select Use the foll[...]

Appendix G - Configuring D irect Connections to the Collaboration Server Polycom®, Inc. 972 6 Enter the IP address , Subnet mask and Default gate way for the workstation. The workstation’ s IP address should be in the same network neighborhood as the Collaboration Server’s Control Unit IP address. Example: IP address – in the network neighbo[...]

Appendix G - Configuring D irect Connections to the Collaboration Server Polycom®, Inc. 973 7 Click the OK button. Connect to the Management Network Connection to the Management Netwo rk is done using the following procedu re. T o connect directly to the Collaboration Serve r : 1 Using a LAN cable, connect the workstation:  T o the MNGB Port on[...]

Appendix G - Configuring D irect Connections to the Collaboration Server Polycom®, Inc. 974 Collaboration Se rver (RMX) 4000 2 Connect the power cable and p ower the Collaboration Server On . 3 S tart the Collaboration Server Web Client applicat ion on the workstation, by entering the factory setting Management IP address in the browser ’s addre[...]

Appendix G - Configuring D irect Connections to the Collaboration Server Polycom®, Inc. 975 8 Connect LAN 2 Port on the Collaboration Server’ s back panel to the local ne twork using a LAN cable. 9 Enter the new Control Unit IP Address in the browser ’s ad dress line, using a workst ation on the local network, and pr ess Enter to start the Col[...]

Appendix G - Configuring D irect Connections to the Collaboration Server Polycom®, Inc. 976 T o connect to the Alternate Management Network: 1 Connect the cab le between the re levant Colla boration Server port and the LAN port configured on the workstation. 2 S tart the Collaboration Server Web Client ap plication on the workstation, by entering [...]

Appendix G - Configuring D irect Connections to the Collaboration Server Polycom®, Inc. 977 Connect to the Collaboration Server using a Modem (1500/2000/4000) Remote access to the Collaboration Serv er’s Alternat e Mana gement Network is supported via an external PSTN <=> IP modem. T o connect via modem to the Alternate Management Network [...]

Appendix G - Configuring D irect Connections to the Collaboration Server Polycom®, Inc. 978 2 When the New Connection Wi zard is displayed, click Next . 3 In the Network Connection T ype box, select C onnect to the Internet and click Next .[...]

Appendix G - Configuring D irect Connections to the Collaboration Server Polycom®, Inc. 979 4 In the Getting Ready box, select Set up my connect ion manually and click the Next button . 5 In the Internet Connection box, select Connect us ing dial-up modem and click the Next button. 6 In the Connection Name box, enter a Na me for the modem con nect[...]

Appendix G - Configuring D irect Connections to the Collaboration Server Polycom®, Inc. 980 7 In the Phone Number to Dial box, enter th e Phone Number for the mo dem and click the Next button. 8 In the Connection A vailability box, select Anyone’ s use and click the Next button. 9 In the Internet Account Information box, complete th e Username ,[...]

Appendix G - Configuring D irect Connections to the Collaboration Server Polycom®, Inc. 981 10 The Connection applet is displaye d with the field values filled in as specified by the New Connection Wiza rd. 11 Click the Dial button to establish a connection to LAN 3 Port via the mode m. The Windows – Net work Connections applet displays Connecte[...]

Appendix G - Configuring D irect Connections to the Collaboration Server Polycom®, Inc. 982 Procedure 4: Connect to the Collaboration Server T o Connect using the RMX Manager: T o use the browser: » In the browse r ’s command lin e, enter http://<MCU Control Unit IP Add ress>/RmxManager.html and press Enter . T o use the Windows S t art m[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 983 Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsof t Environment s Overview Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server plat forms and Polycom Unified Communications (UC) software and products can be deployed in Microsof t® Lync™ 2 010 and 2013 environment s. This chapter descr ibes solution archite cture opti ons, and conferencing featur[...]

Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsoft Environments Polycom®, Inc. 984 L ync 2013 SVC Connectivity to RealPresence Collaboration Servers Microsoft’ s H.264 SVC codec has replaced R TV as the preferred codec for enabling video calls between L ync 2013 clients (en dpoint s ) and Polycom e ndpoint s, in the same as manner as RTV re placed H.263 as [...]

Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsoft Environments Polycom®, Inc. 985 The following ta ble summarizes current an d legacy (non DMA) confe rencing modes within the deployme nt architectures: Backward Comp atib ility to L ync 2010 All L ync 2013 functionality can be disabled by adding the BLOCK_NEW_L YNC2013_FUNCTIONALITY System Flag and setting it[...]

Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsoft Environments Polycom®, Inc. 986 V ideo Resource Requirem ent s and Implications L ync 2013 SVC clients may not all connect to a VMR with the same stream layout. Th ey are therefore considered H.264 A VC participant s and transcoding resour ces are allocate d to them as summariz ed in the following table. Supp[...]

Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsoft Environments Polycom®, Inc. 987 Limit Maximum Resol ution for MS SVC Using a System flag The MAX_MS_SVC_RESOLUTION System Flag can be used to minimizing the resource usage by overriding t he default resolution se lect ion and limiting it to a lower resolution . Range: AUTO, CIF , VGA, HD72 0, HD1080 Default: [...]

Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsoft Environments Polycom®, Inc. 988 As in previous versions, SLAAC (S tateless Addre ss Auto Configuration) continues to be supp orted. System behavior can be controlled by adding the IPV6_AUT O_ADDRESS_CONFIGURA TION_METHOD System Flag and setting it s value as required. AUTO —(default) Use DHCPv6 first in cas[...]

Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsoft Environments Polycom®, Inc. 989 Sharing Content During a Conference T wo implement ations of the Content Sharing Suite (C SS) are available in L ync 2010 and L ync 2013 environmen ts: ● RealPresence CSS Gateway ● RealPresence CSS Plug in RealPresence CSS Gateway The CSS Gateway provides Content interopera[...]

Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsoft Environments Polycom®, Inc. 990 Content Sharing behavio r is summarized in the following tab les: Content Sharing b y L ync V ersion and Deployment Arc hitecture L ync V ersion Collaboration Server H osted Cascaded Lync 2013 A VMCU CSS Plug in CSS Gateway CSS Plug in CSS Gateway L ync 2010 Supported, as in pr[...]

Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsoft Environments Polycom®, Inc. 991 CSS Behavior by Lync Content T ype L ync Content T ype CSS Behavior CSS Plug in CSS Gateway Desktop Sharing Send the desktop In ca ses where there is more than one monitor , the Lync client asks which monitor to use and the CSS will comply . Program Sharing O nly the applicatio[...]

Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsoft Environments Polycom®, Inc. 992 Cisco TIP Support Polycom’s solution that a llows the Collaboration Server to natively inter-operate with Cisco T elePresence Systems using Cisco TIP protocol is supported. MLA (Multipoint Layout Application) is required for managing Cisco T elePresence layout s (whether Poly[...]

Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsoft Environments Polycom®, Inc. 993 Monitoring Particip ant Propert ies - Channel St atus T ab T wo Channel p arameters for ea ch L ync 2013 A VMCU Cascade link a re displayed: Vide o i n and Vi deo out . For both V ideo in and Vi deo out, the Bit Rate and Packet Loss parame ters are displayed as aggregate values[...]

Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsoft Environments Polycom®, Inc. 994 Monitoring Participant Properties - Channel S t atus - Advanced T ab Media Info of each media stream sent by the L ync 2013 A VMCU is displayed: S tream name: The Displa y Name of the L ync client. Algorithms: H.264 or R TV . Resolution: CIF , SD, VGA, HD720 etc. Frame Rate: 7.[...]

Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsoft Environments Polycom®, Inc. 995 Deployment Architecture 1 - RealPresence Hosted Conferences L ync 20 13 clients connect to a confere nce hosted on a Polyco m Collaboration Ser ver . With this deployment architecture : ● The SVC Codec’s T emporal Scaling capability is us ed to send one video st ream to and[...]

Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsoft Environments Polycom®, Inc. 996 Deployment Architecture 2 - RealConnect Cascaded Conferences Cascaded VMR Participant s (Lync 2 013 clients) conn ect to a conference on a Microsof t A VMCU which is cascaded with a Collaboration Server that is p aired with a DMA. With this deployment architecture , p articipan[...]

Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsoft Environments Polycom®, Inc. 997 ● Cascaded VMR Participant s, in poin t to point calls, can connect to L ync A VMCU participant s by escalating the call to a multipoint L ync Conference.  A re-INVITE is issued to escalate the conf erence from point-to-point to multipoint. ● A re-INVITE can be issued fr[...]

Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsoft Environments Polycom®, Inc. 998 V ideo Resource Requirem ent Select ion in L ync 2013 A VMCU Cascade Collaboration Server resource usa ge in L ync 2013 A VMC U Cascade can be configured in the Advanced tab of the Profile dialog by selecting either Resource Optimized or Video Optimized. Resource Optimized Reso[...]

Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsoft Environments Polycom®, Inc. 999 Video Forcing and Changing Layout in L ync 2013 A VMCU Cascade L ync 2013 A VMCU Cascade behaves in the same manner as Collabor ation Server to Collaboration Se rver Cascading. The Conference Layout as well as the Perso nal Layout s of pa rticipant s can be changed. Participa n[...]

Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsoft Environments Polycom®, Inc. 1000 ● Either the PRESERVE_P ARTY_CELL_ON_ FORCE_LA YOUT System Flag = NO or The endp oint is not forced in the layout. Case 2 The RTV_MAX_BIT_RA TE_FOR_FORCE_CIF_P ARTICIP ANT System Flag has been added to the system with a default value of 192 (kbp s). This ensures that the L y[...]

Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsoft Environments Polycom®, Inc. 1001 Initiate and Connect to a Conference There are severa l methods that L ync clients can use to initiate, and connect to, conferences running in an environment that cont ains both Microsoft’ s A VMCU and Polycom’s Realpresence Co llaboration Servers. This section discusses: [...]

Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsoft Environments Polycom®, Inc. 1002 Call Admission Control Call Admission Control (CAC) can be enabled if th e RealPresence Collaboration Server system is configured with a Micro soft Edge Ser ver . Call Admission Co ntrol (CAC) is enabled by manually a dding the flags to the system Configuration and settin g th[...]

Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsoft Environments Polycom®, Inc. 1003 line rates of the rem aining part icipant s are increased to the highest possib le rate common to all con nected participant s . For example, if a particip ant with a line rate of 90 0Kbps connects to a conference in which all other participant s are connected at a line rate o[...]

Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsoft Environments Polycom®, Inc. 1004 Active Alarms and T roubleshooting Active Alarms The following active alarms may be displayed in the Collaboration Server System Alerts pane when the Collaboration Server is con figured for integration in the OCS environme nt: Active Alarms Alarm Code Alarm Description SIP TLS[...]

Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsoft Environments Polycom®, Inc. 1005 ICE Active Alarms When ICE env ironment is enabled in the Collaborati on Server , failu re to comm unicate with a required component triggers the display of an Ac tive Alarm in the System Alert s pane. The following table lists these active alar ms: SIP TLS: Certificate is abo[...]

Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsoft Environments Polycom®, Inc. 1006 T roubleshooting ● At the end of the installation and co nfiguration proc ess, to test the solutio n and the integratio n with the OCS, create an ongoing conferen ce with tw o participants, one dial-in and one d ial-out and connect them to the confer ence. ● If the active [...]

Appendix H - Deployment Into Microsoft Environments Polycom®, Inc. 1007 ● Rarely , the OC Client disconnects af ter 15 minute s. The OC Client can be reconnected using the same dialing method in which they were pr eviously connected (dial-in or dial -out). ● Rarely , all SIP endpoint s disconnect at the same time. The SIP endpoint can be recon[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 1008 Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Collaboration With Cisco’ s T elepresence Interoperability Protocol (TIP) TIP is a propriet ary protocol created by Cisco for depl oyment in Cisco T elePresen ce systems (CTS). Since TIP is not compatible with standard video communication syst ems, interopera bility betwe[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1009 Deployment Architectures The following multipoint topologie s are given as examples . Actual deployments will depend on user requirement s and available infrastructure: ● Single compan y with Polycom and Cisco Infrastructure  CTS and Polycom T elepresence Ro oms in a c[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1010 Single company with Polycom and Cisco Infrastructure - Polycom en d points using SIP Polycom endp oints can also connect to Entry Queues, Meeting Rooms and conferences using all pr otocols, including TIP and SIP . The following table lists componen ts and versions of the Co[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 101 1 Cisco Unified Video Conferencing 5230 7.2 MCU. Cisco Unified Presence 8.5, 8.6 Network-based Pres ence and Instant Messaging. Cisco Unified Contact Center Express 8.0, 8.5 Call distributor (ACD), interactive voice response (IVR) and computer telephony integration (CT I). C[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1012 Collaboration Server 7.6 and higher MCU: • Functions as the network bridge fo r mu ltipoint ca lls between H.323 , SIP and TIP endpoints. • The Collaboration Se rver can be interfaced to CUCM using a SIP trunk, enabling CTS to join multi point calls on Collaboration Ser[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1013 Call Flows Multipoint call with DMA In this example: ● Collaboration Server pr efix in the gatekeeper: 72 ● Vir tual Meeting Room in DMA: 725123 ● DMA Meeting Number: Gener ated by DMA[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1014 Multipoint call without DMA In this example: ● Collaboration Server pr efix in the gatekeeper: 72 ● CUCM: According to its Dial Plan forwards calls with prefix 72 to the Collaboration Server[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1015 Comp any to Company Models Using a Service Provider Using this topology , both companies connect to a Se r vice Provider via a Cisco Session Border Controller (SBC). The Service Provider functions as a B2B T ele presence Exchange, enabling multipoint calls between the two c[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1016 ● Cisco telephony and desktop end points Company to Comp any via Se rvice Provider - Model 1[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1017 Call Flow Multipoint call via Serv ice Provider - Model 1 In this example: ● Collaboration Server pr efix in the gatekeeper: 72 ● Vir tual Meeting Room in DMA: 725123 ● DMA Meeting Number: Gener ated by DMA[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1018 Multipoint call via Serv ice Provider - Model 2 The deployment arch itecture in The deployment architecture includes: shows two companies: Company A and Compan y B. Comp any A - has the same deployment architecture as shown in Single Company Model - Polycom and Cisco Infras[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1019 The deployment architecture includes: Comp any A For a full description of Comp any A ’s de ployment, see Single Comp any Model - Polycom and Cisco Infrastructure . Diffe ring or additional configuration requ irements fo r each element of th is deployment model are listed[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1020 Call Flow Multipoint call via Serv ice Provider - Model 2 In this example: ● Collaboration Server pr efix in the gatekeeper: 72 ● Vir tual Meeting Room in DMA: 725123 ● CUCM: According to its Dial Plan forwards calls with prefix 72 to the Collaboration Server[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1021 Administration The various deployment combinations and settin gs within the various Deployment Ar chitectures affect s the administration of the system. Gatekeepers St andalone Polycom DM A System as a Gatekeeper The Polycom DMA system can be used as the only gat ekeeper fo[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1022 Cisco Equipment T o configure the various Cisco entities the following procedu res are required. CUCM » Configure the CUCM to send and r eceive calls from the H.323 network. a With Neighbored IOS and DMA Gatekeepers b With IOS Gatekeeper For more informa tion see the Polyc[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1023 The following procedure s 1 - 16 are a summary of th e configuration procedur es. The det ailed procedure s 1 - 16 begin with Procedure 1: Set the MIN_TIP_COMP A TIBILITY_LINE_RA TE System Flag . Configuring the Collaboration Server 1 Set the MIN_TIP_COMP A TIBILITY_LINE_RA[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1024 b CUCM The procedures for configu ring TIP- enabled end points are described in det ail in the Polycom Unified Communications Deployment Guide fo r Cisco Environment s Configuring Entry Queu es and IVR Services Conference IVR and Entry Q ueue/Virtual Entry Qu eues are suppo[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1025 End point Registration Options - Content Sharing Experie nce ● H.239  A variety of resolutions an d frame rates ar e supported. For more informa tion see Content Sharing Using H.239 Protocol and Co ntent Sharing Using People+Content Protocol .  Can be used with SIP [...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1026 For more informa tion see Modifying System Flags . Procedure 2: Configuring Co llaboration Server to st at ically route outbound SIP calls to DMA or CUCM 1 In the IP Network Servic es Properties dia log box, click the SIP Servers tab. 2 In the SIP Server field, select Spe c[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1027 When configuring Collab oration Server to st atically route SIP calls to DMA or CUCM, it is important to also configure the Colla boration Server’ s H.323 Network Service to register with DMA gatekeeper . For more informa tion see Procedure 3: Configuring the Collaboratio[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1028 2 In the MCU Prefix in Gatekeeper field, enter the prefix that the Co llabo ration Server uses to r egister with the gatekeep er . Procedure 4: Configuri ng a TIP Enabled Profile on the Collaboration Server TIP enabled profiles must be used for the Entry Queu es and Meeting[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1029 2 In the New Profile - General tab, set the Line Rate to a value of at least that specified for the MIN_TIP_COMP A TIBILITY_LINE_RA TE System Flag in Procedure 1.[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1030 3 Click the Advanced ta b. 4 Select Prefer TIP as the TIP Comp atibility mode . T o view its behavior , see the Content Sharing Behavior tables listed at the end of th is procedure.[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1031 5 Click the Video Quality tab. Content Settings is disabled if TIP Comp atibili ty is set to Prefer TIP in the Advanced tab.[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1032 6 Click the Video Sett ings tab. 7 Set the T ele presenc e Mode to Auto . 8 Assign the New Profile to the Meeting Room . For more information see Cr eating a New Meeting Room .[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1033 Content Sharing Behavior The following tables list the system’s Content sharing behavior for th e various combinations of TIP Compatibility mode settings and the following endpoint s: Polycom Immersive T elepresence Systems (ITP) V ersion 3.0.3:  RPX 200  RPX 400 ?[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1034 In Prefer TIP mode, it is pre-re quisite that the CTS and CUCM vers ions support H.264 base profile content without restrictions and that the CTS version be 1.9.1 or higher and that CUCM versio n be version 9.0 or higher . Procedure 5: Configuring an Ad Hoc Entry Queue on t[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1035 a Define the New Particip ant - General settings. For more information see Adding a Participant to the Address Book . b Click the Advanced tab . c Ensure that:  Call Bit Rate is set to Autom atic or at le ast equal t o or grea ter than the value spec ified by the MIN_TIP[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1036  RTV 720p ● Cisco T elePr esence® System (CTS) V ersio ns 1.10  CTS 1300  CTS 3010 The deployment architecture in Single company with Polycom and Cisco Infrastructu re - Polycom endp oints using SIP shows a company that has a mixt ure of Polyco m, Cisco and Micr[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1037 POCN Polycom, Microsoft and Cisco In frastructure. Solu tion Architecture components . POCN Polycom, Microsoft and Cisco Infra s tructure. Solution Architecture co mponents Component Ve r s i o n Polycom HDX 3.0.5 RSS 8.5.1 RealPresence C apture Serv er 1.7 DMA 5.0 CMAD 5.2[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1038 The following are not supporte d: ● In the L ync environment:  Sending or receiving Co ntent.  Dial-out to L ync clients.  Presence of VMRs ● In the Cisco environment:  TLS and SR TP  OBTP Exchange 2010 SP2 14.2.247.5 Outlook 2007 12.0.65 57.5001 SP2 Outl[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1039 Call Flow Multipoint Calls using DMA In this example: ● Endpoint registr ation: T o either DMA, L ync or CUCM. ● DMA dial in Prefix: 72 ● Vir tual Meeting Room in DMA: 725123 ● DMA Meeting Number: Gener ated by DMA[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1040 Administration The various deployment combinations and setting s within th e Deployment Architecture affects the administration of the system. DMA The DMA system can be configured as a SIP proxy and registrar for the environment as well as a Gatekeeper for dial in H.32 3 ca[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1041 ASR (Cisco SBC) 100x The Cisco Aggregation Se rvic es Routers (ASR) Series includes Cisco IOS XE Software Internetwork Operating System - Gatekeeper . It controls and manages real-time mult imedi a traffic flows between IP/SIP network borders, hand ling signaling, data, voi[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1042 TIP Layout Support & Resource Usage Cisco T elepresence end points using TIP protocol supp ort only on e (CTS 1000) or three (CTS 3000) display screens. Therefore, Polycom T elepresence end points will adjust the ir display to use one or three sc reens as follows: ● O[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1043 TIP-enabled end point with three screens must be handled b y the same med ia processor . This endpoint may fail to connect if there is no one fully free media (AR T) processor available. The MCU will always try to fill up one media process or with up to thre e TIP-enabled e[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1044 iii Browse to the saved Certificate on the W orkstation and click the Ye s button to install the certificate. For more informa tion see:  Appendix H - Integration Into Microsof t Environments .  The Polycom Unified Communications Deploy ment Guide for Cisco Environmen[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1045 i In the Outbound Proxy Servers table, the Port field must be set to 5061 . (The same value as entered in S tep g.) For more informa tion see the Polycom Unified Communication s Deployment Guide for Cisco Environment s 4 Set the ITP_CERTIFICA TION System Flag to YES . When [...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1046 10 Register L ync Clients to the L ync server . For more in formation see the relevant L ync document ation. 11 Register DMA to the CUCUM server 12 Register CTS100 0 and CTS3000 end points to the CUCUM server For more information see the relevant Cisco document ation. 13 Re[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1047 b In the New Profile - General tab, set the Line Rate to a value of at least that specified for the MIN_TIP_COMP A TIBILITY_LINE_RA TE System Flag in Procedure 1: Set the MIN_TIP_COMP A TIBILITY_LINE_RA TE System Flag . c Click the Advanced tab . d Select Prefer TIP as the [...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1048 Content Sharing Behavior The following tables list the system’s Content sharing behavior for th e various combinations of TIP Compatibility mode settings and the following endpoint s: Polycom Immersive T elepresence Systems (ITP) V ersion 3.0.3:  RPX 200  RPX 400 ?[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1049 * CTS V ersion 1.9.1 and hig her su pport H.264 Content. In Prefer TIP mode, it is pre-re quisite that the CTS and CUCM vers ions support H.264 base profile content without restrictions and that the CTS version be 1.9.1 or higher and that CUCM versio n be version 9.0 or hig[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1050  Cisco endpo ints runnin g V ersion 1.9.1  C20, C40, C60, and C90 running TC5  CTS500  CTS1310  CTS3010 T o enable DTLS negotiation for content encryption: 1 In a new or existing Profile , click the Advanced tab. 2 Set Encryption to either Encrypt All or Encr[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1051 a Click the Video Quality tab. Content Settings is disabled if TIP Comp atibility is set to Prefer TIP in the Advanced tab.[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1052 b Click the Video Settings tab. c Set the T ele presenc e Mode to Auto/On and select the T elepresence Layou t Mode . 4 Assign the New Profile to the Meeting Room . For more information see Cr eating a New Meeting Room . 5 Configure a V irtual Meeting Room (VMR) on the DMA.[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1053 HD Video Resolutions for TIP calls are de termined acco rding to the f ollowing table: End points 1 Configure HDX endp oints to registe r to L ync Server . 2 Configure H.323 end point s to register to DMA as SIP Proxy 3 Configure SIP end points to re gister to:  DMA as S[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1054 Operations During Ongoing Conferences Moving particip ants between TIP enabled meetings and non TIP enabled meetin gs is not possible. Monitoring CTS Participant s 1 In the Particip ant List pane double-click the p articipant entry . Alternatively , right-click a participan[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1055 ● Main Profile - Video protocol When viewing CTS systems in the Participants list, th e individual video screens and the Aud io Channel (AUX) of the CTS system are listed as separate partic ip ants. The Participant lis t below shows a connected CTS 3000, a 3-screen system[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1056 L ync Particip ant s (RTV) 1 In the Particip ant List pane double-click the p articipant entry . Alternatively , right-click a participant and select Partic ip ant Properties . The Particip ant Properties - General dialog box opens. 2 Click the SDP ta b. RTV is indicated in[...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1057 4 In the Channel Info drop-down menu select V ideo Out . Media Info displays RTV Channel S tatus parameters: Known Limit ations The following may occur in the collaborative en vironment: ● Artifacts and ghosting may ap pear when L ync Clients and CTS endpoints connect to [...]

Appendix I - Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom®, Inc. 1058 ● CTS endpoint co nnects an d then disconnect s after a few seconds. Frequency: Seldom. ● L ync Clients always connect encryp ted to non-encrypted conferences. ● Auto Layout sometimes ig nored for CTS and L y nc Clie nts calling through DMA. Frequency: Rare ly . ● C[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 1059 Appendix J - Restore Default s Administrators can erase the curren t Collaboration Se rver configurations and restore default system settings. T wo options are available: ● S tandard Restore Delete customer conferencing entities and keep only system default co nferencing entities. However , the management network service and [...]

Appendix J - Restore Defaults Polycom®, Inc. 1060 T o perform a St andard Restore using the RMX W eb Client: 1 In the RMX Web Client, click Administration > T ools > Restore Factory Default s. 2 In the Restore Factory Defaults dia log, s elect St andard Restore. 3 Click one of the following buttons:  Backup & Continue —Backup of the[...]

Appendix J - Restore Defaults Polycom®, Inc. 1061 Perform a Comprehensive Restore Restore the MCU to the default settings of the current sof tware version. In addition to files deleted when you Perform a S tandard Restore , the following files are also dele ted: ● CFS license information ● Management Netwo rk Service Y ou can perform a compreh[...]

Appendix J - Restore Defaults Polycom®, Inc. 1062 T o perform a comprehensive restore using the RMX W eb Client: 1 In the RMX Web Client, click Administration > T ools > Restore Factory Default s. 2 In the Restore Factory Defaults dia log, s elect Comprehensive Restore. 3 Click one of the following buttons:  Backup & Continue —Backu[...]

Appendix J - Restore Defaults Polycom®, Inc. 1063 T o perform a Comprehensive Restore using the USB key (1500/2000/4000): 1 Optional. Back up the system configuration: a In the RMX Web Client, click Administration > Sof tware Management > Backup Configuration. b Click Browse to select a backup directory . c Click Backup . Perform this step i[...]

Appendix J - Restore Defaults Polycom®, Inc. 1064 4 Following the s ystem restart, fo llow the instructions in the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/1800 /2000/4000 Getting S tarted Guide:  Modify Network Settings in USB Key  First Time Power Up T o perform a comprehensive restore using the USB k ey (1800): 1 Insert the USB key th[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 1065 Appendix K - SIP RFC Support SIP RFC Support in RealPresence Collab oration Server (RMX) Systems SIP RFC Descr iption Note 1321 MD5 2032 RTP Payload for H.261 2205 RSVP 2327 Session De scription Prot ocol (SDP) 2429 RTP Payload for H.263+ 2833 RTP Payload for DTMF 2617 HTTP Authentication 2976 SIP Info Method 3261 SIP 3264 Offe[...]

Appendix K - SIP RFC Support Polycom®, Inc. 1066 4574 SDP Label Attribute 4582 Binary Floor Control Protocol (BFCP) 4583 SDP for BFCP 4796 SDP Content Attribute 5168 XML Schema for Media Control (F ast Update) cc-transfer Call Transfer Cap abilities in SIP Limited support draft-ice-19 ICE spec for firewall tra versal in SIP draft-turn-07 TURN spec[...]

Polycom, Inc. 1067 Appendix L - Media T raffic Shaping Polycom integrated traffic shaping capabilities into the RealPresene Collaboratio n Server to enable deploying Collaboration Server system s in networks limiting packet bursts within 100ms time intervals (or more). Setting router policie s to limiting of bandwidth wit hin a time interval, cause[...]

Appendix L - Media T raffic Shaping Polycom, Inc. 1068 ● Delays due to traf fic shaping, if any , are limited to 10ms. ● This feature is not applied on audio, since the enco der output audio rate is constant. ● When LPR is enabled, tr affic sh aping is applied following p ackets repair an d prior to pa ckets sending. System Flags T raffic sha[...]

Polycom®, Inc. 1069 Appendix M - Homologation for Brazil H.323 & SIP Protocol Flag Options Using a set of system flags, the us er has the ability to select either Polycom proprietary or H.323/SIP standard pr otocol settings. H.323 & SIP Flag Settings Three flags are enabled on the Collaboration Server, allowing the user to define and selec[...]

Appendix M - Homologation for Brazil Polycom®, Inc. 1070 Flag name: H323_TIMERS_SET_INDEX Flag descrip tion: Enables or disables H.323 index tim e r according to stan dard or propriet ary H.323 protocol. Section CS_MODULE_P ARAMETERS Possible values: 0 - Set s the H.323 index timer to Polyco m propriet ary (flag de fault setting) 1 - Sets the H.32[...]